B 386245
?
Science
and
Key of Life.
PLANETAR
INFLUENCES.
ARTES
1837
SCIENTIA
LIBRARY
VERITAS
OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
E-PLURIBUS UNUM:
SIQUAERIS PENINSULAM AMOENAM
CIRCUMSPICE
THE GIFT OF
H. C. Hodges
BF
1701
H69

O+
.09
30°
S
360°
صحه
RH L
ΕΡ. 1
EOENO
ENO
EP
Ron
EP 2
EN
120°
330
300°
NANRzazazazaz
70 2
20+ EO O+
दा
XIX
EARTH.
VII
10
I
II
VI
V
270
ON
P
0+
ON
20+
xX+
a
W
240°
O+
0+ 2+
سمع
10
хот
品
​180
O
N
CHART OF FACES AND DECANATES.
210
Hodges, Henry Clay
SCIENCE
AND
KEY OF LIFE.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES.
BY ALVIDAS
ET AL.
Vol. II.
PUBLISHD BY
ASTRO PUBLISHING COMPANY,
HODGES BUILDING,
DETROIT, MICHIGAN, U. S. A.
COMPILED AND COPYRIGHTED
BY
HENRY CLAY HODGES,
Hodges Building,
DETROIT, MICHIGAN.
JUNE 6, 1902.
All rights reserved.
12-9-37 give
It may be well to call attention to the fact that this
science of Astrology is as old as Man, and thousands
of volumes have been written upon the subject, all the
past ages having contributed to give data. In treating of
this science and its many details, it is not surprising that
similar thoughts may have been expressed and even
similar language used to a greater or less extent. For
instance, it may be said that the sign Aries rules the
head, etc. At the same time this statement has been re-
peated in almost every work upon astrology as one of its
chief lessons and so with many others.
Much that has heretofore been given relating to this
science is true, but in the midst of these truths there has
been a great amount of error. The purpose of these writ-
ings has been to eliminate the error and hold fast to the
truth.
It should be remembered that "Science and Key of
Life" will be extended over several additional volumes,
treating upon different subjects coming under planetary
influences, consequently for the student to intelligently
understand these, he must have a foundation laid upon
the fundamental principles of Astrology. These are elu-
cidated in the first two volumes of this work, which
might be called the introductory part of the science, and
portions of this may have appeared in other astrological
works.
No reference has been made to any other work written
upon this science or on any other subject treated in this
and subsequent volumes.
H. C. H.
193375
INDEX.
Vol. II.
abuse of good."
CHAPTER XI.
The Life Principle and Physical Health. "Evil is but the
"Each cell has a separate life of its
own"...
245
The several parts of the body are governed by certain
signs"..
247
Laws Governing Health; Eating of Meats.
249
Esoteric Side of Life. Influence of the Natal Star....
"The test of real growth is compassion." "The soul can
never die, in fact there is no death".
252
254
Solar System: Higher Principles, etc.
• •
255
Jesus of Nazareth. The Ancient Teachers. The immaculate
conception explained astrologically..
257
Horoscope of Jesus of Nazareth..
258
The Mystery of the Trinity is Based upon Astrological
Science
260
Jesus Christ's Knowledge was Gained from the Teachings
of Zoroaster. Sketch of His Life....
Pherecydes, Confucius, Zoroaster, all Taught Immortality.. 264
262
CHAPTER XII.
Persian and Chaldean Wisdom...
The Chaldeans Taught Astrology 400,000 Years Previous to
the Birth of Christ. "Evil is the Result of Materializa-
tion of Spirit".
267
269
True Account of Jesus Christ's Life; His Knowledge of
Astrology
271
Druidical and Christian Lent and Easter. Deuteronomy
4th:19
273
278
Myths of the Various Ages. Each Age Terminates with a
Catastrophe. Astrology Necessary to Interpret Daniel. 276
Planets in the Different Signs and Houses....
"Everyone is United by Psychic Links with all Blood Rela-
tions and Close Associates." Cardinal, Common and
Fixed Signs; Their Significance. Sun in the Twelve
Houses and Signs..
280
Taurus, Gemini, Cancer; Effects on Character..
282
Sun Posited in Leo, Virgo and Libra; Effect on Character.. 284
Sun in Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn, Aquarius and Pisces.
287
1
L
vi
INDEX.
CHAPTER XIII.
Evolution in the Light of Astrology. Blessings in Disguise.
"Character is Destiny".
Law of Evolution. A Suppositious Horoscope. "The In-
equalities of Life Are the Effect of a Self-Generated
Cause"
"Astrology is no Respecter of Persons." "We are Masters
of Our To-morrows"......
The Moon in the Twelve Signs and Houses; Aries, Taurus,
Page
290
292
294
Gemini
Influence of the Moon.
Influence of the Moon.
Influence of the Moon.
297
Cancer, Leo, Virgo...
299
Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius.
Capricorn, Aquarius, Pisces.
302
304
CHAPTER XIV.
Mercury in the Twelve Signs and Houses. Aries, Taurus,
Gemini
307
Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio
30g
Sagittarius, Capricorn, Aquarius, Pisces..
312
Comets and Their Influences..
314
Astral Vibratory Forces in Color and Sound. “Astro-Mag-
netism Pervades the Universe"
317
Table Showing Number of Etheric Vibrations on Human
Eye During a Second of Time..
319
Color Rays Represent a Chromatic Progression of the
Musical Scale. Musical Classification...
321
Provings of the Musical Classification....
324
•
Color and Tone Scales. Color Rays Connected with Plane-
tary Action
Vibrations of Color Rays. Diagram.
326
·
329
The Union of Colors and Planetary Rays with a Scale of
Harmonics, Produces a Wonderful Symbolism of Human
Progress
334
Effects Obtained. Spherical Prismatic Rays.
Astrological Interpretation of Genesis. Voice is the Creator
•
332
of Form
334
Effect of Astral Forces is Felt by Musicians and Artists;
Their Relation to the Navigator, Physician and Sur-
geon
337
INDEX.
vii
CHAPTER XV.
Page
Zodiacal Signs; Disease and Remedy; Knowledge of Astrol-
ogy Necessary to a Physician...
340
·
Relation of Celestial Signs to Medicinal Properties. The
Moon's Influence
342
Zodiacal Signs Are the Chief Rulers in the Physical Consti-
tution
344
Diseases Under the Twelve Zodiacal Signs.
347
Effect of the Signs Rising on Health..
349
Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo.....
352
Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius.
354
Capricorn, Aquarius, Pisces..
356
Effect of the Sun and Planets on Diseases.
•
358
Mercury, Venus, Urania.. The Moon Governs all Feminine
Complaints, also Lunacy.
361
Saturn, Jupiter, Venus, Urania.
363
Saturn, Mars, Jupiter in the Different Houses.
366
Venus, Mercury, Moon.....
368
CHAPTER XVI.
Aphorisms of Astrology....
371
"Natal Astrology is Necessary to the Evolution and Progress
of Humanity." Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Moon, etc..... 373
Mars, Venus, Mercury, The Moon, The Sun, Saturn. Re-
incarnation Controverted
376
• •
•
Analyses of Natal Figures.
Aquarius, "No Sign in the Zodiac Equals it in Interest".
"Each Person Has Free Will Within the Limits in Which
He Finds Himself." "The Nativity of To-day Contains
Desires of a Previous Expression of Life”.
Aphorisms, Continued: "The Greater the Dignities of the
Planets in the Natus, the More Fortunate Will Be the
Native
380
385
888888888
378
387
CHAPTER XVII.
The Esoteric and Physical in Astrology..
The Individuality is in Reality the Seed; The Personality is
the Husbandman
390
392
·
The Sun Casts 360 Distinct Rays Upon the Earth, Known
as the Twelve Signs of the Zodiac. "Love is the Center
of our System".
395
viii
INDEX.
;
Page
The Fiery Triplicity. Leo is Spirit Specialized; Sagittarius is
the Life Force, Energy...
397
The Fire and Air Triplicities Further Explained.
399
Equilibrium
401
Construction
401
Earth and Water Triplicities.
403
Practical Service, et
404
Attributes
404
The Astral Plane. In this Are Stored the Records of the
Past. "The Fall of Man”…..
406
Common and Cardinal Signs. Life Waves. Descent of
Spirit into Matter..
408
Fixed, Common and Cardinal Crosses.
409
4889008
CHAPTER XVIII.
Genesis Explained and Illustrated...
The Successive Gaseous, Vegetable and Animal Waves...
The Iron Age of Horrors. Descriptive Verse by an Initiate.
Asteroids: Their Origin and Influence..
Asteroids: Their Influence on Earth. Gladstone's Death...
Natal Figures of Noted People. Napoleon Bonaparte..
Horoscope of Napoleon the First.....
Interpretation of the Map of Napoleon the First.
Horoscope of Queen Marie Antoinette.
Diagram
Horoscope of Lord Byron.
Diagram
Diagram
•
Horoscope of General George Washington.
Horoscope of Charles J. Guiteau..
Diagram
Guiteau, a "Mischievous Lunatic".
Horoscope of Michael Angelo.
Diagram
412
414
417
419
421
424
425
427
429
431
432
433
436
437
439
440
44I
443
445
CHAPTER XIX.
How We May Control Our Stars.
Planetary Influence is
the Manifestation of the Divine Mind.....
447
The Human Will. "Man is a Minor God".
449
We Can Rule Our Stars, or Overcome our Fate..
451
"The Stars Incline, but Do Not Compel." "Slaves of Fate,
but Possessed of a Free Will to Conquer"
453
"We Must Unify Our Wills with the Divine Will".
Education of Children in Science of Astrology.
456
457
INDEX.
ix
CHAPTER XX.
Training of Children in Astrological Science....
"Judgment Takes First Rank in the Physical World." "As-
trologers Must, and Are Expected to be, Infallible".
The Capricorn and Aquarius Signs: The Former is "the
Truth Sign." Saturn is the Ruler...
Page
459
461
463
"The Ultimatum of Astrology is Preparation for Receiving
the Higher Spiritual".
Aquarius: A Perfect Mind in a Perfect Body.
Religion of the Chaldeans.
·
Chaldeans. Believers in Astrology. "Astrology is Not
Taken Up as a Religion or Means of Worship, but it
Was Considered so by the Chaldeans..
99999998
466
468
470
472
Chaldeans: Their Religion and Astrological Knowledge.
Modes of Worship
474
Chaldean Religious Ceremonies. Festival of the Sun...
477
CHAPTER XXI.
Personality and Individuality. The First Step to Knowledge
is Purification
The Crucial Test of the Higher Mind...
Personality can be Seen and Known. Individuality, only by
the Eye of the Soul. Astrological Symbols are Perfect
Ideaographs
888
480
482
484
How the True Purpose of Evolution is Fulfilled. The Soul's
Descent into Matter. Why Man Must Lose His Life in
Order to Save It...
487
As We Sow We Must Inevitably Reap. Suicide is Robbing
the Soul of Experience..
489
1
INTRODUCTION.
All men are like unto the sun. Even as it performs its
mission of enlightenment and sends out its principles of
light and heat, and consequently life, so do each and all
promulgate its beneficent example.
There shines within each soul a light divine, that may
transcend the beauty of the star which rules its destiny,
and with its quickening glow, send out duration of life-
giving principles, that may creep into every cranny of
darkness and of doubt, and by the law of transmutation
change it to a bower of brightness and of love.
Behold the sun in its splendor, as it gives forth the
glowing shades of sundown; even so does the transcended
light within, throw forth its many colored vibrations,
through its agency, the aura.
So may we all upon the canvas of life depict a picture
of startling brilliancy and beauteous colorings.
CHAPTER XI.
The Life Principle and Physical Health. "Evil is but the
abuse of good." "Each cell has a separate life of
its own."
An investigation has been made relative to the dog star,
or Sirius. This star is distant from the earth fifty-two bil-
lions, nine hundred and sixty-seven thousand leagues, or
one hundred and fifty-six billions, two millions, nine hun-
dred and one thousand miles. In brightness of illumina-
tion it is two hundred and twenty-seven times greater than
the Sun of our solar system, and the light which reflects
from this fixed star to our earth requires a period of twen-
ty-two years, three months and nine days to reach the
earth. In other words, the light that we are now receiving
from that star started in the year one thousand eight hun-
dred and seventy-six. Thus you see the stupendous in-
fluences that exist outside of our solar system, and into
whose influence we shall all come in time.
Now we wish to turn our attention to the life principle,
back of the material form; for while it is essential that we
thoroughly master the practical side, by a study of the
anatomy of the body and its various functions, we
must not lose sight of this important principle.
If we
study the life, apart from the form, we must go into the
abstract or the cause plane, and if we study the form
apart from the life, we can obtain no permanent or satisfac-
tory results. Therefore we must consider the one in con-
junction with the other, and not separately. Still, we
must recognize the two as separable, one from the other.
245
246
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
All life comes from the Sun; in no matter what condition
we see it, it must have a form upon which it may focus.
All life is specialized through the media it passes. We
specialize the life as it enters us through the spleen, and
in this way we can comprehend how the life becomes
specialized; as it passes on through the planetary bodies,
the Sun's rays are altered by the seven planets, giving
rise to colors, each one differing from the other. For
instance, we may think of the Sun as a pure white light,
and thus arrange the various colors according to the plan-
ets, and then you may better understand the planets'
action upon the mind, and then upon the body. All ideas
of evil, and of evil influence, for the time being, should
be eliminated and banished from the mind, and every
effort should be made instead, to grasp the idea that all
is good, and that so-called evil is but the abuse of good,
which in reality is produced from a mind not at ease, and
which is diseased. When the masses rise to a full under-
standing of this immutable law, disease will be treated as
madness or a crime.
We find in the natural order of the Zodiac, Mercury
is given as the ruler of the sixth house, clearly indicating
that the mind is the root of all disease, and therefore in
order to effect a permanent cure, all treatment must be
made mental, or magnetic and electric. While drugs may
have the effect of removing the complaint, it is only a case
of removal, and not of cure, nature always having to take
up the work and finally effect a cure. With proper mind
control and hygienic treatment each one should have a
healthy body. Each individual part of the body consists
largely of cells. Their shape is more or less round, cir-
cular or fusiform. Living cells are masses of jelly-like
material, which have the power of constructing. Each
cell has a separate life of its own, as well as a conscious-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
247
ness quite independent of our consciousness, and we are
rarely, if ever, conscious of them, unless they telegraph
their wants to the brain.
It will now be necessary to explain the various diseases.
and causes, and touch upon the law of heredity, as it is
termed. Each physical body born here into this earth
is here for the first time, but not so with the soul that
inhabits it. That had a beginning in the far off past,
in a manner which we hope to describe in the future.
Now the body, born into the world, certainly comes
under the law of physical heredity, but not the soul, ex-
cepting that which it takes up in affinity with its body.
It is drawn to the particular environment that will afford
it the necessary experience to work out that fate which it
had merited by past conduct.
In the organic world, each sand grain was once a part of a beauti-
ful crystal, of exquisite form and tint. Here it lies, stained, worn
and broken in semblance of its former self, yet the microscope often
reveals the formation again within the grain of a crystal similar to its
prototype. By slow growth, line is added to line, angle to angle, and
granting the environment is favorable, the perfect form is again
reached.
"The several parts of the body are governed by certain
signs."
We know that the several parts of the body are gov-
erned by certain signs, but these signs have a greater
meaning than the mere control of the physical parts, and
the division of these signs into groups of fire, air, earth
and water are more important than can be realized in the
first thought.
First taking the earthy signs into consideration, we find
they rule the centres of physical action, that is, speech,
sensation and motion are governed by the planet Venus;
248
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Mercury and Saturn having control over the purely phys-
ical form of life. The watery signs are connected with
the body through the emotional or sensational parts or
centres, this triplicity governing the stomach, secret parts
and feet; while under the control of the Moon, Mars and
Jupiter, are the centres of the psychological part of our
composition, the vapory bodies called the etheric, astral
and auric. The airy triplicity presides over the mental
body, and the centres connected with the mind. Mer-
cury, Venus and Urania are the planets having power in
this triplicity. For instance, supposing Urania is latent
in a nativity as a ruler, then Saturn governs Aquarius.
The fiery signs have direct connection with the soul,
or the highest manifestation in the majority of humanity.
This triplicity is ruled by Mars, Sun and Jupiter. You
will notice that the central signs of each group are the
vital and most important, as they govern the most active
centres. For instance, if you write out the tabular form
of the sign, part of the body it governs, the ruling planet,
and nature, it will amplify the ideas to be received. Thus,
take the sign Aries, part of the body, head and face; ruler
Mars; nature, fire; sign, Taurus, part of the body, neck
and throat; ruling planet, Venus; nature, earth; Gemini,
part of the body, chest, shoulders and arms; ruler, Mer-
cury; nature, air; and so on through the twelve signs.
In order to locate disease and all physical derangements,
the position of Saturn, Moon and Mars must be noted and
the points from whence the afflictions come.
If they
occur in the cardinal signs then the disease will be func-
tional, but if in the fixed signs, vital, while the common
signs will indicate the nervous system. The sign upon
the cusp of the Ascendant must also be noted as to the
nature of the disease, or the parts most susceptible to dis-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
249
ease, while the planet in the Ascendant will indicate the
nature of the complaint, as Saturn giving colds and Mars
fevers, etc.
In the same way, the signs rule the various parts of the
body, and it is the same in the houses, the first house cor-
responding to the sign Aries, the second to Taurus, the
third to Gemini, etc. It will be found that Urania gov-
erns incurable diseases, or as we might say, diseases that
are not understood, the cause lying beyond the knowledge
of the ordinary physician. Apart from physical heredity,
it is within the range of each one whose mind is not
affected, to secure good bodily health, while nature pro-
vides the means, as you will discover as we proceed in
our investigation. Let us remember the power of the
mind when kept clear and pure and in a spiritual state,
purged from the lower strata of animal conditions.
Persons who have the major portion of their planets
in earthy signs should pay especial attention to the purity
of their food. This applies to all, but is most effective
upon those in the earthy signs, and each one, as he can
manage it, will do well to avoid partaking of the flesh of
animals. Some require this food, and must necessarily
eat of it, but the impurities taken into the system in this
way are hardly thought of by the masses.
Nature is a vast chain of causes and effects; causes joining, pro-
duce effects, and these effects unite, becoming causes for other effects.
Laws Governing Health; Eating of Meats.
As humanity gradually becomes free from the custom
of partaking of the flesh of animals, much of disease will
be eliminated, but when impurities are taken into the sys-
tem we must expect like results to follow, and then apart
from the physiological impurities drawn around the body
250
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
or system, the various functions of the body become
clogged up, and overloaded. All foods should be prop-
erly cooked, and every care should be taken to insure their
cleanliness and purity, and as far as possible, all bad mag-
netisms should be eliminated from their preparation. We
realize that, in the majority of cases, humanity must grow
up to this condition, but if we know the objects and pur-
poses of life, we must necessarily begin the work here as
soon as possible.
The earthy, or physical types of humanity, to be healthy,
require good, plain, wholesome food and plenty of exer-
cise, while those coming under the watery signs, or hav-
ing the majority of planets in watery signs, should be
exceedingly careful with regard to cleanliness, proper and
regular daily bathing, and the frequent change of cloth-
ing worn next to the body. All damp and chills should
be avoided, and cleanliness should be made a feature of
the life. They should associate only with very clean
persons, and avoid contagious places, looking well to the
drains of the house they reside in. Being very receptive,
they need care in the choice of surroundings. They
should be far removed from slaughter houses, and such
like places, public houses, and, above all, should avoid all
intoxicants.
Those coming under the airy signs, either by the rising
sign or by having the majority of planets in airy signs,
require an abundance of fresh air and artistic surround-
ings, as they are essentially refined in nature, and purity
of mind is for them the best condition. The higher the
tone of their mental conditions, the better will their health
be. With them, the mind will so react upon the body
that the mind should have the first care, and living in the
plane of the mind as they do, they should study the culture
of the mind. They should associate themselves with
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
251
cheerfulness, brightness and hope. It is also quite essen-
tial for them to change the mental vibrations when de-
pressed, or before becoming wearied or depressed. With
them the artistic and beautiful will always act as a tonic,
and before taking drugs and physic into the system, they
should take care to have the mind in order. Living as
they do in their mental or mind body, they make refine-
ment and harmonious surroundings their first care.
That class coming under the last group of fire, require
an ideal and subjective world to live in, and in all cases
of ill health the spiritual element must be aroused, and
that which appeals to the needs of the soul or ideal life
needs must have attention. They can have no ideal too
high, and all that is gross and common will act as poison
to the soul and react upon the body, and to be in touch
with their true self they must look to the spiritual and life
in the highest part of their nature. If they do not do this
they will in time sicken and leave the mortal body to find
expression elsewhere. Music will aid to dispel the clouds
that gather upon the horizon of these fiery types of human-
ity. While all students recognize the physical body, as
the temple through which the ego manifests in the world
of gross matter, they do not realize that the mind is the
medium through which the ego functions; therefore it
will be necessary for us to take up the necessary mental
purifications, which are essential to perfect health.
The elements of the vital principle are common to all; they per-
vade the universe, and extend their influences over all animated
nature. The atmosphere is for terrestrial beings, and a common
support to them all: then as fire consumes the tangible parts of
bodies, and converts their natural structure into another form, so
does the vital principle consume the atmosphere and become united
with its vital elements, converting food to the nourishment of the
body, and preserving itself from decay by its affinity to the elements
of life diffused throughout the universe.
252
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Esoteric side of Life. Influence of the Natal Star.
It is our desire to take up the esoteric side of life, for
the time being, in order that we may keep our thoughts
balanced properly, and not lose sight of that which lies
back of the physical expression.
For every human soul there is a Natal Star so brilliant
and luminous that naught on the physical plane can equal
its splendor and radiance. No physical language can
describe its beauty or its nature; no mind can paint its
loveliness for mortal eyes to see and live. This Star is
immortal and essentially divine; its chart lies in the
never ending circle; its boundary is within the conscious-
ness of divinity, beyond the comprehension of the ordinary
mind, and can only be faintly cognized by the human soul.
This Star shines on forever, while each ray, as it goes
forth, ensouls anew and afresh the re-embodied individ-
ual self, beyond all that becomes manifest. This Star is
Being, the one permanent reality of each successive expres-
sion. It is not born, neither can it die. Its change is
in color, and its echo in sound; voiceless, it speaks through
the soul's intuition; silently it gleans fragrance of each
life; slowly but surely it guides and controls; to it virtue
and vice are one and the same principle, this principle
alone containing the essence of what is to become, and
each expression in manifested being is its playground and
its school, the cream of which alone is skimmed. Some
lives must yield but little, while others yield much, though
in no single one can its purpose be gained. They who
sought the Holy Grail did pursue this Star, which only the
pure could discover. The faith to search must first be
manifested; then comes the will to dare, but only the
pure in soul shall find it. Its wondrous splendor cannot
be realized, until its mission through substance is over.
Still its rays may be felt, as the color deepens in quality,
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
253
and the breath of aspiration carries the soul within the
sphere of its influence. Great teachers, in all climes and
ages, have proclaimed its being, and the testimony of
those who tread the path is given by all who inquire of its
mystery.
Sooner or later, each one shall set out in search of his
Natal Star. Its being dates from the beginning of im-
mortality; its birth in essence it had none; from whence
it came none may know, until it knows itself; as a drop in
the ocean, it is one with the Absolute. Its differentiation
is the development of its consciousness, but to all the
Infinite it is but the spark from a mighty flame. To intel-
lectually understand it is one thing; to know it is every-
thing. It is the only real portion of ourselves. In seek-
ing to know the one, we shall know the many, one in
essentials, but manifesting differently. We are all spirit-
ually the same. Each vessel used by the soul must obey
the will of the higher self. The outward form is but the
vehicle through which our experience is to be gained,
through us, for that Natal Star. As the Sun is to the solar
system, so is the Natal Star to the sun of our being and
existence, and as the photospheres envelop the Sun's
centre, so is the Natal Star enveloped in its own auras;
and, just as the planets are to the Sun the media of its
attributes, so are the principles to our Star the correspond-
ences, as correspondences only find their expression; the
full explanation of which may be given so far as the phys-
ical understanding is able to perceive, through the likeness
in the words, as above, so below.
We will give to you in the near future the horoscopal figure of
the personality known as Jesus Christ, which will aid you to better
comprehend his true relation to humanity, and give an accurate por-
trait of this individuality as he was in the mortal expression.
¡
254
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
"The test of real growth is compassion." "The soul can
never die, in fact there is no death."
We continue our subject relative to the esoteric, and
in order to better illustrate from an objective point, we
will draw out a diagram beginning with the Natal Star,
which we represent by three small solid circles in tri-
angular form, representing will, love and wisdom. We
will then write solar system to the left below, to the
right of this write higher principles, to the right of this,
in line, write immortal, and still to the right, humanity.
First to the left, under solar system, place the symbol
of the Sun, which equals vital essence, a principle, equals
over-soul, equals the symbol circle, equals individual. Just
beneath the Sun place Mercury under higher principles;
acts as reflector, as vehicle, equals the messenger, equals
the symbol of the double triangle, comes under humanity
as memory. Beneath Mercury comes Venus, equals love
and wisdom as a principle, equals Mana's symbol circle
above cross, the human soul. Next below Venus comes
Jupiter; equals compassion; acts as a vehicle, in form the
egg; equals individuality.
Then come the lower principles and mortal expression.
Mars comes first, as energy, secondary principle; equals
expansion; symbol, inverted triangle; equals life forces;
next below comes Saturn; equals time and space; acts as a
vehicle; equals sanitation; symbol, the cross or plus sign;
equals brain, intellect; then comes the Moon, in principle
as etheric condition, as a collector, ephemeral symbol;
equals personal; then comes the Earth, the cross with the
circle; equals substance matter, changeable; symbol, cross
in circle; equals physical body.
Thus we are distinctly seven in one from a physical
standpoint, but in reality three in one, being the spirit
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
255
LOVE.
WILL.
WISDOM.
SOLAR SYSTEM, HIGHER PRINCIPLES. IMMORTAL, HUMANITY.
Sun
Mercury
Venus
Jupiter
X+O+∞
오
​2
mars ŏ
Moon
Earth
"
"
VITAL ESSENCE| = OVER SOUL, O=INDIVIDUAL
A PRINCIPLE
REFLECTOR.
LOVE AND WISDOM
MESSENGER-✡ MEMORY.
A PRINCIPLES DOM- = MANES - HUMAN SOUL.
COMPASSION;A VEHICLE, =
INDIVIDUALITY,
LOWER PRINCIPLES AND MORTAL EXPRESSION.
ENERGY, * EXPANSION
SECONDARY PRINCIPLE
TIME AND SPACE
A VEHICLE
LIFE FORCES.
SPACE } LIMITATIONS,+BRAIN. INTELLECT.
ETHERIC CONDITHEMERAL}
A COLLECTOR, EPHEMERAL
SUBSTANCE. MATTER
CHANGEABLE.
R}
PERSONAL MOULD..
PHYSICAL BODY.
SOLAR SYSTEM: HIGHER PRINCIPLES, ETC.
256
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
or vital essence, the soul or consciousness, and the body,
or vehicle through which these may manifest; while if we
consider ourselves from a seven-in-one standpoint, we
are but one, using six sheaths or vehicles to express our-
selves, the one being formless and abstract. The physical
body, at what is called death, disintegrates and passes
back into the earthly elements, the remaining six with-
drawing into the mould, upon which the physical was
built. This also disappears, leaving the Saturnine, astral
form to pass on through the so-called purgatory of the
Roman Catholics, and the hell of the Christians, which
we know and understand is a condition of Saturnine ex-
perience; and when the grosser desires have been ex-
pended, the triad rises with its Jupiterian vehicle into a
higher condition of spirituality, again to clothe itself
with the concrete elements, whereby it may gain new
experience, give effect to previous causes and obtain un-
acquired virtues; for the triad must know and realize
itself, and only by contact with its opposite in nature, can
it test its power, love and wisdom.
The test of real growth is compassion. When the col-
ored individuality has known and felt the Saturnine joys
and sorrows, and realized the unpermanent and illusive
nature of form and substance, then it can feel for others
struggling along the road to freedom. It is then that the
egg, which has been brooded over by the higher principles,
is ready to burst its shell, and realize its infinity. Thus
we may comprehend that we cannot identify ourselves with
the mind, knowing that we are not the mind, it being
merely an instrument through which experience is gained.
Careful thought and study given to this great subject
will show that this soul must have varied expressions, by
which it may obtain fresh experience. The soul can never
die; in fact, there is no death. The very earth will some
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
257
day return to its original condition. We are the sparks
from the great flame, coloring and adding to our conscious-
ness continually. Primarily one in essence, we are col-
ored by our experiences differently.
To realize that one, throughout the diversity of manifested exist-
ence, is to become wise. To see the good in all and overcome evil
by good, is to be filled with love. To be complete masters of our-
selves is to have power. May we go on seeking to gain the light
and wisdom of the All One.
Horoscope of Jesus of Nazareth. The Ancient Teachers.
The immaculate conception explained astrologic-
ally.
We will give to you the horoscopal figure of the person-
ality known as Jesus of Nazareth. This subject is so vast
and important to the world in its present thought, that
many might shrink from the responsibility of wounding
the feelings of those who cherish the beauties of the ideal
contained in their early teaching with regard to Christian-
ity. Yet the truth must be faced, and we realize the vast
misconception prevailing in the minds of the masses;
therefore let us turn the light of Astrology upon the sub-
ject, and thus acquire the actual facts.
The time is near midnight within twenty-five minutes
of twelve, the twenty-fifth day of December, in the Julian
year forty-five. We find the first degree and ninth min-
ute of Libra ascending, the twenty-seventh degree of Libra
on the second house, the twenty-seventh degree of Scorpio
on the third house, and the sign of Sagittarius intercepted
in the third house, the first degree of Capricorn on the
fourth house, the fourth degree of Aquarius on the fifth
house, the fourth degree of Pisces on the sixth house, the
first degree and ninth minute of Aries descending on the
17
258
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
4 MPL
*
m
VS
$1/2
엥​122170
827
D277
10 9
11
8
JESUS OF
1.9'
28°5'
27
12 NAZARETH \7
1
2
BORN 25 DAY
DECEMBER 6
JULIAN YEAR
45.
5
3
4
√√27
J6-45
r19.
W
m
217'11
H
01°37'
N 22:41:
M27°
II
HOROSCOPE OF JESUS OF NAZARETH .
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
259
cusp of the seventh house, the twenty-seventh degree of
Aries on the cusp of the eighth house, the twenty-seventh
degree of Taurus on the ninth, Gemini in Texaptid in the
ninth house, the first degree of Cancer culminating on the
Midheaven, the fourth degree of Leo on the eleventh house,
the fourth degree of Virgo on the twelfth house. The
Sun we find posited in the fourth house, in the first degree
on the thirty-seventh minute of Capricorn, Mercury also
there in the second degree and forty-first minute of Capri-
corn. The Moon we find posited near the cusp of the
eighth house in the twenty-seventh degree seventh minute
of Aries, Mars also posited in the seventh house in six
degrees and forty-three minutes of Aries. Saturn we
find posited in the ninth house (take note of this) in the
sign Gemini in the twelfth degree, Venus in the fifth house
in the seventeenth degree eleventh minute of Aquarius.
Jupiter we find posited in the first house near Ascendant,
in the eighth degree of Libra and fifth minute.
There is no question as to the fact that such a personality
as Jesus lived and taught during the present cycle of two
thousand years, but the idea of his being born of a virgin
mother, a demonstration out of all harmony with nature's
law, clearly shows the misconception of humanity in the
astrological teachings upon which Christianity is based.
The misfortune is that the truth of Astrology has been per-
verted to such an extent that it is difficult to gather any-
thing of benefit from the ruins, taken from the time of
conception or the time of his spirit birth, which took place
as the Sun was passing out of the sign Leo into the sign
Virgo. Thus we have the interpretation of the Sun over-
shadowing the virgin or Virgo. Then we have the Sun
as representing the father, the Moon the mother, while
the Sun overshadows the Moon monthly, and the Moon
is nourished and preserved. While the Sun vitalizes, all
260
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
things are generated by heat from water and moisture;
while the Moon rules over all liquids which are clear and
pure, and was called the Virgin, and was so understood
at that time. When the circle (the Sun) and the half-
circle (the Moon) are linked to the cross, the symbol of
Mercury is formed, and all through the Zodiac, it is the
messenger of the Sun, or father, and whose house is in
the sign Virgo, the virgin youth, the outcome of the solar-
lunar union.
The concentrated essence of all the past history of the world, and
the true meaning of the world's evolution are contained in the plane-
tary symbols and the twelve signs of the Zodiac. The cross sym-
bolizes substances or matter, and upon this cross the spirit is cruci-
fied; so are all humanity crucified.
Horoscope of Jesus of Nazareth. The Mystery of the
Trinity is based upon astrological science.
In the horosocopal figure of this personality, known as
Christ Jesus, we find the cardinal signs are on the angles.
This alone makes the native prominent among his fellows,
be it right or wrong, with Libra the spiritual balance and
that keen perception of right and wrong, while Jupiter
there would make him sincere in his teachings. The most
notable aspect is the conjunction of Saturn and Urania
in the ninth house. This is in trine to Jupiter, and shows
teachings of Christ, and in the sign of Gemini would show
the common people who followed him. With Mars strong
in his own sign, Aries, in the house of the public, it would
show the cross he must bear in carrying out his ideas of
salvation. Mars is also in sextile to Saturn and Urania
in the ninth, showing the cause of affliction; also in oppo-
sition to Jupiter in the first. With that spiritual inspira-
tion he received from Libra rising with the good aspects.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
261
of Jupiter there, accounts for his wonderful knowledge as
a child. Saturn and Urania together in the ninth show
his wandering, nomadic life.
You will also notice that both the Sun and Mercury
are below the earth; in fact the earth is elevated above all
other planets, in the figure, the Sun and Mercury also
receiving the square affliction of Mars from the seventh
house; Aries being the radical first; also notice the trine
aspect of Venus to Saturn and Urania in conjunction,
Venus being the ruler of the figure in the radical eleventh,
the house of friends. This argues a devotion that is akin
to worship from his friends, but Saturn brings the Judas
into his life, and many of them, and brings him crucified
upon the cross, not literally, but in a spiritual sense, as
was explained in our last. For instance, we may take
the symbology of the cross over the circle (Mars)
from Aries to Pisces, while Mars is in his journey through
the twelve signs, finally ending in Pisces. The exalta-
tion of Venus, circle over the cross; then if we fix on the
Moon for her own sign, we see her move onward into
her exaltation, Taurus, and finally to end in the twelfth
sign from her house, Gemini, and here again she becomes
linked to the cross or matter. It is in Aries that man is
crucified, for in this sign spirit begins its cycle through
the twelve signs of the Zodiac.
For this reason, Aries is known to astrologers as the
sign of sacrifice. Its root is derived from sacer or sacred,
and facio to make, interpreted to make holy. In those
days the sacrifice took place at Easter, the time of the
passover, when the pascal lamb is slain (Aries the ram).
In the horns of the ram are outpouring rays of love and
wisdom, both rising out of the will; then, tracing the
progress of the Sun we have in Whitsun, or White Sun-
day, the arrival at Cancer, the house of the Moon, when
262.
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
the white garments are put on for initiation, the period
of the older pentecost. In this we find the mystery of the
trinity, Father, Mother, Son. It is from the Virgo mother
that Christ comes forth, and at this point the Libran
scales are equally balanced; Aries has evolved its opposite
and from Mars, the warrior, is evolved Venus, whose mis-
sion is love. The old testament closes to take.up the new;
light dawns upon the world and Christ takes up his cross;
and reaching Capricorn, the foot of the cardinal cross is
reached, and for three days is buried or immersed therein,
to rise again and pass on into the sign of perfected man.
Thus you can comprehend how the life of Christ is based
upon astrological signs from their own point of view,
applying it to their own creed.
We see in the subject taken, the basis for the preconverted ideas
of Christ's atoning blood, the real basic principles which were lost
sight of in the building up of creeds. We are all disciples, in a sense
fishermen. Pisces ends the cycle of the serving trinity. In my fath-
er's house are many mansions. Eternal and divine bliss awaits the
perfected one, but truth alone can set us free.
Jesus Christ's knowledge was gained from the teachings of
Zoroaster. Sketch of his life.
We are happy indeed to continue our subject relating to
the personality known as Christ Jesus. As the horoscopal
figure shows, this is not a common individuality; in fact,
it is a very extraordinary one from an astrological stand-
point.
As shown by the ninth house, the desire from the first
was to gain knowledge through the peculiarly religious
inclination of Saturn and Uranian character, while the
aspect of Mars to these planets and the Sun, shows the
courage to face opposition. This personality would be
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
263
found, as a child, talking with, and teaching the country
peasants, through the inspiration powers with which he
was possessed. His facility in perception was keen and
retentive, and we learn of him as a child of twelve in con-
verse with the wise men of that time, when the journey
had been made to the city of Jerusalem. From here we
trace him to Syria for the purpose of gaining wisdom,
and finally into the land of Egypt, where the founder of
the Magi, Zoroaster called by some, had learned, through
Daniel, the mysteries of astrology. At that time, which
was about five hundred and fifty years before Christ's
time, Astronomy and Astrology were considered as the
same. It was Zoroaster who compiled the Zend Avesta,
or Magian Bible, and also devised the Magia, Mithraic,
Zodiacal tablets. It was from this book that Christ
gleaned much knowledge, and it impelled him onward to
seek for more light in the land where the sciences were
studied with greater accuracy. About twenty-five years.
was spent in gleaning knowledge from this source, and
in order to give you a better idea of the true conditions,
it will be well to go back to the time of Zoroaster and
give a sketch of this personage.
The true name of Zoroaster was Zerothoschtro, a Zind
word. He was a contemporary, in Medea, of Daniel,
afterwards known as a reformer of Israel, known by
some as the Israelite Buddha. It was he who made the
prophecy of the coming of Christ to Israel from the Star
of Bethlehem, of which we have learned in previous writ-
ings through Tycho Brahe, and in the gospel of the infancy
we learn more of the subject of Astrology, as known and
practiced at that time; for it was upon this subject that
Christ confounded the wise men in the temple of learning
at Jerusalem. His knowledge of the heavenly spheres,
their triangular, sextile and square aspects, their progres-
264
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
sive and retrograde motions, their size and prognostica-
tions, as well as the signs shown in the Sun, Moon and
Stars. The Greeks made Zoroaster from Zerothoschtro,
by removing the tro, as the r had been cut off in the Pehlor
and the Parsee, while in Hebrew we have Schouroaster
composed of Schour and setareh. But there is little gained
in interpreting Hebrew, for a name whose origin is in the
ancient Zend, and while he was known far and wide as
a celebrated astronomer and astrologer, his chief character-
istic was as a reformer in religion of the Zend. His name
is composed of Zere and Thaschtro, the name of a star,
the elogy of which is found in one of the reschts or prayers
given by Zoroaster. The word Zere signifies gold or the
color of gold, the name interpreted, star of gold.
Zoroaster, as we call the name, was born at Umri, a
city of Aderbedjan, just five hundred and fifty years prior
to Jesus Christ's birth; though as to his birthplace there
is a great diversity of opinion, as also to the different
names given to him in modern times. But Zoroaster was
a Hebrew, and belonged to the ten captive tribes in Medea,
where he served and learned with Daniel, and he has been
confounded with Daniel. This is a mistake. The ancient
kings of Persia were among his ancestors, his father
being Poroschasp, through fifteen ancestors to Feridoun.
Pherecydes, Confucius, Zoroaster, all taught immortality.
We will continue with our subject. The empire of
the ancestors of Zoroaster was fixed in Aderbedjan,
where Umri is situated. Dogdo, the mother of Zoroaster
and daughter of Frahernerer, issued also from the royal
race. The Zend books mention the fact that Zoroaster
smiled at his birth, which presaged a remarkable and grand
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
265
career. From that circumstance he was called Sapetme
Zerothoschtro, that is Sapetman Zoroaster, meaning ex-
cellent Zoroaster. At this period the laws of Menes were
scarcely known outside of Africa. Greece was full of
sages, who disputed among themselves on the physical
principles of the universe; the Roman empire was still in
its infancy; Persia had substituted the worship of the stars,
etc., for that of the Creator, confounding the attributes of
the author of good with those of evil genii, and for five
hundred years, a few sages excepted, India was given up
to the doctrines of Fo. China had lost the form of good
government and disdained the sages who endeavored to
enlighten her; in fine, the prophets of Israel were about
to cease and the Jews seemed to adore, by preference, for-
eign divinities.
At this time there appeared on earth three men who
absolutely changed the face of human thought and relig-
ious observance. Pherecydes, the Syrian philosopher,
master of Pythagoras, instructed in the books of the Phoe-
nicians, who wrote on nature and the gods, was the first to
teach the immortality of the soul, and originated the
Greek philosophy, which soon spread over Egypt and the
Roman Empire, and prepared the way for the evangelists.
Then Confucius in China re-established the purity of
morals, simplified the worship of the First Great Cause,
and still remains the oracle of more than seven hundred
leagues of country.
Then Zoroaster made known to Persia the time without
bounds, the eternal and the secondary principles, to which
The First Cause has remitted the government of the uni-
verse. He announced the immortality of the soul, the resur-
rection of the body, and explained the cause of good and
evil, in developing that of the overthrow which appeared
266
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
in nature. He perpetuated, by an exterior law of religious
worship, the truths which he pronounced in his own coun-
try. His laws were revealed from the Euphrates to the
Indus, and the Brahman Tehengreghatcha, the second of
his disciples, spread them to the extremes of India. Zoro-
aster often consulted Ormusd on the mountains, according
to Parsee records, and also asserted in the time of Dion
Chrystonius, that by a principle of love, of wisdom and
justice, this legislator had removed from among his fellow
men and lived alone on a mountain. He there conse-
crated a cave to Mithra, the king and father of all that
exists. He lived as a recluse, and gave himself up to
prayer and meditation.
Ararat, Moriah, Horeb, Sinai, Hor, Pisgah, Carmel
and Hermon were all sanctified by the special meeting of
the prophets with the Almighty on their summits, accord-
ing to the history of Moses, Noah, Abraham, Daniel and
Elijah. Many of Christ's most solemn acts were per-
formed in the vicinity of, or upon, mountains, no doubt
receiving his inspiration more vividly from those who had
passed on to another expression of life, and who had been
so closely associated with these mountains when in the
earth form. Mountains and stars are closely associated
in religion. From the beginning Mithra was the Persian
name for the Sun. Mithraic caves have been found in
various places, decorated with Magian Zodiacal tablets.
We are happy to know that we are unveiling the mysteries of the
past and revealing the true science of life, that humanity may see
the truth in its natural form, for truth has been hid in ages past from
the vision of mortal; now it may be utilized as a compass to guide
the ship of life safely home to its own peace and wisdom.
1
CHAPTER XII.
Persian and Chaldean Wisdom.
The Persians became quite learned in the wisdom
of the stars and celebrated the motions of the plan-
ets through the Zodiac. They builded seven gates,
and on the top of these, an eighth. These were, the first,
made of lead, Saturn; the second, made of copper, Venus;
the third, of tin, Jupiter; the fourth, of iron, Mars; the
fifth, of diverse metals, Mercury; the sixth, of silver, the
Moon; the seventh, of gold, the Sun; and the Parsees now
distinguish different heavens, wherein the souls rejoice
until the resurrection, proportionate to the holiness of
their lives. That of the Sun, Karschidpal, is the most
elevated, and above all is the abode of Ormusd, and the
celestial spirits which correspond to the eighth gate.
Zoroaster in time appeared before the king, Gustasp,
and after demonstrating his knowledge by performing
numerous prodigies, he was accepted, and the Zend Avesta
was accepted as the law of the land. He established the
Alteschgrah or sacred fires. He taught that the Eternal
had created Ormusd, also the Peetiare, or accursed atïri-
man, and taught that he, who in the world has sown in
purity, will obtain it in heaven, and he who sins shall be
covered with shame in hell. Then King Gustasp con-
sulted Zoroaster as to making war with the king of Tou-
His response is found in the following: "The
ancient Zerdust to the king replied, 'my law prohibits and
declares it sin, that you pay tribute to the chief of Tehin,
ran.
267
268
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
of lying idols full and wicked pride.'" Djamasp, the
prime minister of Gustasp, who had consulted the stars
by the counsel of Zoroaster, announced the result; accord-
ingly Ardjasp was attacked and conquered, King Gustasp
showing his gratitude to Zoroaster by placing him in an
exalted position. At the age of sixty-five years, Zoro-
aster gave lessons in philosophy at Babylon. Pythagoras
was among his disciples. He left the mortal form at the
age of seventy-seven, being fully prepared, as he said, hav-
ing foretold the event.
On the Zoroastrian tablets of the Magi is found the
Sun, representing the father, the Moon the mother or
church; Taurus, Isacher; Scorpio, Dan; Cancer, Zebulon,
Sirius and Procyon; Decans in Gemini; Draco in Sag-
ittarius; Joseph carves in Leo; Turdis Solitaris in Leo;
Spica in Virgo, Pregarus in Aquarius. The two youths,
with torches for life and death, refer to Gemini; Cygnus
is in Aquarius; Hydra in Leo; the small bull refers to Argo
in Cancer. It is so represented in the dendera Isaic Zo-
diac. The central figure is Perseus in Aries; thus there
are sixteen different symbols upon these Magian tablets,
and Zoroaster, being a Hebrew and undertaking a relig-
ious reformation among the exiled Israelites of Medea,
would naturally use the Hebrew Zodiacal types; for this
system of typology in religion referred to those truths of
revelation which had been given in special charge of the
Hebrews, and the twelve chief signs were the emblems
from the time of Moses, of the twelve Hebrew tribes. By
far the largest figure is the bull, at that time symbolical
of Ephraim, for he was the strength and back bone of
Israel, while the bull in the Mithru bas-relief, found in
the cupri Mithraic cave and now at Naples, is seen as
wounded and sinking to the ground, for Ephraim was at
that time poor, weak and wounded in captivity. Taurus is
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
269
being wounded by Perseus winged, for Ephraim, though
Assyria was the instrument, was really chastened by the
divine hand, as Hosea declares at this point in the fifth
chapter and verses thirteen and fourteen. At that time the
child was named according to that which expressed the
nature and characteristic as found in twenty-ninth chapter
of Genesis.
We see the wisdom of the light here expounded and we see the
purpose to right the misconceptions of the past two thousand years,
and let us pray that all humanity may let the scales fall from their
eyes, that they may see the wisdom of the affinity. We continue to
grow in spirit.
The Chaldeans Taught Astrology 400,000 Years Previous
to the Birth of Christ. "Evil is the Result of Ma-
terialization of Spirit"
Evidently an error exists in the minds of some modern
investigators relative to the astrology as handed down by
Daniel and Zoroaster; as for instance, Joseph's sign was
not Taurus but Sagittarius, the arrow drawn up to the
head, his bow remained in strength; again, Joseph is a
fruitful bough and Sagittarius a fruitful sign; Cancer
is Zebulon, a haven for ships, while Gemini was identified
with Simeon and Levi, the brethren. The ruling sign
of Assyria and the tribe of Asher is Virgo, generally rep-
resented holding a full ear of corn. Of Asher it is said,
his bread shall be fat, and all through the book known as
the Bible, we learn that the names given to the child at
birth signified the nature of the ambient at that time; as
for instance, in the thirty-ninth chapter, spoken of hereto-
fore, Leah bare a son and called his name Reuben, which
signifies one who sees the Sun, or the vision of the Sun,
coming under the sign Libra, sign of perception and fore-
}
270
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
sight; when in its proper polarization, evenly balanced,
the soul and body working in harmony.
Then, too, the Chaldeans taught Astrology very closely,
and its true light. This science had its beginning about
four hundred thousand years previous to the birth
of Christ, and from it Daniel received his knowledge.
The Chaldeans were first a tribe, but later were magians
of Babylonia, astrologers and diviners, as they were called.
Many of the Chaldean oracles have been handed down to
modern times, but have become largely confused with
crude conceptions of others.
Astrology was with them a religion, but the astrology
of that time was far different from that which has been
used in modern times. They held that the world was.
eternal, having neither beginning nor end, and maintained
that all things were ordered out of the fabric of the uni-
verse, supported by divine providence. They called the
Sun, Mars, Venus and other planets the interpreters of the
will of God to man, and from the motions and regularity
of the heavenly bodies, they inferred that they were either
themselves intelligent beings, or each under a presiding
intelligence. Hence arose Satianism, or the worship of
the hosts of heaven. The highest object of their worship.
was the Sun, called Belus, and to the Sun were erected
the tower of Belus and the image of Belus, though they
did not worship the stars as God. They thought of Him
as too great to be concerned with mundane affairs, but
they worshipped those whom they believed he had ap-
pointed as governors in the starry host, looking on them
as mediators between God and man. Their true religion
was a belief in the one, impersonal, universal, deific prin-
ciple, which was never mentioned by any name. They
erected huge temples of peculiar construction, especially
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
271
adapted for star worship, and to conform with the nature,
configurations, etc., of the heavenly bodies; and important
events were commemorated in this wise. Another of
their gods was named Nebo, to whom were erected tem-
ples and statues. The following is one of the inscrip-
tions found upon many of these statues: "To the god
Nebo; guardian of the mysteries, the director of the stars,
the supreme chief, the protector, the director of the shining
works, the surveyor of the legion of the heavens and the
earth, the teacher of those who bless his name and who
listen attentively to him; he who holds the tables of des-
tinies; he who presides at the rising and setting of the Sun;
whoever thou mayest be, thou who live after me, have
confidence in Nebo and no other god."
We see how essential it is to understand that evil is the result of
creation, for creation is the projection of spirit into matter, and with
this projection came the first germ of evil. We must know there
is no such thing as spiritual evil; but that evil is the result of
materialization of spirit; and when the various forms of evil are
carefully considered, we discover that each one is the result of the
limitations of matter, just as falsehood is the limitation of percep-
tion, selfishness the result of the limitation of the power to perceive
that the whole universe is but the larger self, etc. If it is true that
evil was created with mankind, then evil is purely and solely the
result of materialization of the infinite man called God.
True Account of Jesus Christ's Life; His Knowledge of
Astrology.
We will say a word relative to our friend and brother
Cecco Dascoli, or as he was better known Francesco Sta-
bili. He was widely known as the most famous astrologer
of the thirteenth century, and was cruelly burned
at the stake by the inquisition in one thousand three hun-
dred and twenty-seven, a martyr to the truth which he
272
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
had thoroughly demonstrated, having predicted the death
of certain royal personages who were enemies to science.
The ignorance displayed is difficult to understand in the
face of truth; but we see how the priests had revised the
ancient books of Zoroaster and the Chaldeans, for they
had obtained these books, and not understanding the full
significance, and knowing little of the science, they took
the opportunity to create a religion whose basic principle
was the ignorance of the people.
This gave the power of the State fully into the hands of
the Church, and we could expect nothing less than cruelty
from such enemies of progress. These books were writ-
ten about two hundred and sixty years after the supposed
crucifixion of Christ; for we know that he was not cruci-
fied, but after seeking learning in other countries for
nearly twenty-five years, he returned to his native country
to expound the truth as interpreted through his organism.
Naturally finding his own countrymen ignorant and
materialistic in the conception of spiritual things, after
an effort to teach among the higher classes, he retired to
the lowest type to be found, and sought to teach them in
a simple way, in which we find he was most successful.
He was at this time about thirty-seven years of age, and
in many different lessons he taught through the wisdom
of the stars, though in a way that the simple, uneducated
people would understand. We find him choosing twelve
disciples, having in mind the twelve tribes of Israel as
represented by the twelve signs of the Zodiac, and in
many ways we see their natures compared very favorably
to the twelve tribes of Israel.
Many modern investigators make an error in connecting
England with the lost tribes of Israel, on the hypothesis
that Aries, the ruling sign of England, also ruled Judea.
The facts are that the twelve tribes were scattered all
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
273
over the earth, and became intermingled with other races
of mankind, as foretold by Daniel in his prophecies con-
cerning Israel.
We often find Christ carrying out the Saturn principle,
for instance, in his journey to Jerusalem on an ass, which
animal is ruled by that planet, as was generally known
at that time, and when the rulers arose against Christ
Jesus and persecuted him, he fled from his country and
again went to Syria. Thus he went from country to
country, inoculating his ideas wherever he could find fol-
lowers, and at the age of sixty again returned to his own
country and dwelt in the mountains, living the life of a
recluse, and occasionally going out among his fellowmen
to teach those who might give ear to him. He left the
natural form in his seventy-second year. You will notice
the Sun had progressed into Pisces, square to Saturn and
Urania from Gemini, as well as other configurations which
occurred at that time. Thus we find the true conditions
relating to this personality, and around him has been
woven such vast misconception that it is, in truth, a griev-
ance to him to know that mankind have such false ideas of
him. Let us pray that all may learn the truth and know
him as he was, a highly spiritual minded man.
We find that in the infinite is perception itself and universal prin-
ciple, that which sees and that which is seen, and when we can see
all and know all, there will be no evil, as evil comes of the limitation
of perception, though such limitation was necessary in producing
aught else than infinite. All things are infinite or God, according to
the measure of spirit in them.
Druidical and Christian Lent and Easter. Deuteronomy,
4th:19.
In India, the first five thousand years of the present era
came to an end on the eleventh day of April, one thousand
274
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
eight hundred and ninety-eight. It will be noticed that scrip-
tural chronology coincides with this date. The Druidical
Easter was not called so from the imaginary goddess Easte
but from the word East, to eat (flesh meat), whence is de-
rived feast with the prothisis f. It took its name from the
liberty restored of eating flesh meat, and as the flocks had
ever a great share in their attention the principal dish was
a lamb. Lamb was first eaten annually when the Sun was
in Aries, the sacrificial ram or lamb, and Aries being the
first sign of the fiery triplicity.
The eve of the first day, Sunday, was celebrated by the
Druids with lights, and with these fires on mountain tops
which were called Belteins. In Easter week the ancient
Britons made a change from the self-denial of Lent (fish
being the principal lenten fare, the Sun was in Pisces,
fishes) to joyous festivity. The pardon of criminals, sus-
pense of lawsuits and every phase of public rejoicing pre-
vailed in accordance with both the Druïdical and Chris-
tian system of religion.
Christian missionaries, in order to convert heathen fes-
tivals to the service of the Christ, had recourse to the
ancient Jewish rites, and gave to the Druidical Easter
lamb the typical turn of a feast on the Jewish pascal lamb
or passover. In the fourth century, Constantine preserved
a great veneration for the Sun, one of the chief objects
of Druidical observance, and in the year three hundred
and fifteen, made offerings to Apollo by way of con-
ciliating his heathen subjects. He yielded to the pressure
of the greater number of the Britons combined with his
subjects in Gaul, and procured the substitution of the
Druid Sunday, with the additional motive of sanctifica-
tion, the commemoration of the resurrection.
Through the influence of Constantine this observance
was then established by the Council of Nice, though there
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
275
were many in Gaul and Britain who still adhered to pre-
cisely the fourteenth day, and who were declared
schismatics, under the appellation of quartadecimani.
There were also religious wars in Britain upon this point
of celebrating a festival, the origin of which was purely
an affair of rural economy.
In Deuteronomy, fourth chapter and nineteenth verse,
in about the year one thousand five hundred B. C. it is
written, "lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and
when thou seest the Sun and the Moon and the stars, and
all the host of heaven, shouldst be driven to worship them
and serve them, which Jehovah hath divided (imparted)
unto all nations under the heavens." Thus it is evident
that the worship of the heavenly bodies existed prior to
the time of Moses.
This division of the nations was according to the stars
ruling over them in an astrological sense, that is, “accord-
ing to the number of the angels of God," as it is in the
Septuagint, and not according to the number of the chil-
dren of Israel as the Hebrew text asserts. This reading
was adopted by the most celebrated fathers of the Church;
Origin, Basil, Chrysostom and others.
The ancient belief was that a Creator abode in the Sun,
and from there governed the earth, and Plutarch says,
"Osiris, the most high God" is concealed in the arms of
the Sun. All oriental Zodiacal legends imply the observ-
ance of a cycle and the cycle of the legend. The cycles of
the first legend are divided into four ages, each age being
named from the symbol of the season to which it belongs.
In this manner we have the age of earth, that of fire,
that of air and that of water. The legend is to the effect
that each age terminated with a catastrophe, produced by
the element from which it derives its name.
276
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Myths of the Various Ages. Each Age Terminates with
a Catastrophe. Astrology Necessary to Interpret
Daniel.
We learn of the legends of the cycle, that each age ter-
minated with a catastrophe, produced by the element from
which it derives its name: an earthquake or famine, a con-
flagration, a tempest or pestilence and a deluge. In each
catastrophe the whole, or nearly the whole, of the human
race is supposed to have perished. The hieroglyphics air,
fire, earth and water render the Zodiac, in a degree, the
image of the universe. The chain may be traced through
the myths of various ages and all ancient people; the eagle
taken as the type of air or spring; the whale, of water or
winter; the lion, of fire or summer; and the bull, of earth
or autumn. Various equivalents arise for each of these.
In the winged lions of Assyrian monuments are found
the head of a man, the horns of the bull, the wings of an
eagle and the body of a lion, and the cherubim of Ezekiel
is a variant of the same symbolism.
We find Daniel was made master of the astrologers,
and he states that he understood, by book, the number of
the years. These books were astrological, and it is accord-
ingly a difficult matter, in fact an impossibility, to inter-
pret Daniel's prophecies without a good knowledge of
astrology; and the prophet Isaiah, speaking of the last day,
said that the heavens shall be rolled together because they
are a book, that is to say the starry heavens are a sacred.
book, in which may be read the fate of the world. It is
true that the fixed stars have great power over nations and
great cities. For instance, we may take note of the pass-
age of the eminent fixed star Regulus or Corlerius through
the sign Leo, which sign ruled that ancient Roman capital
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
277
from two hundred and ninety-three B. C. to one thousand
eight hundred and sixty-seven A. D. The next sign to
Leo is Virgo, which rules Jerusalem, and when Regulus
reached the twenty-eighth degree of Leo and entered the
confines of Virgo in one thousand eight hundred and
sixty-seven, it began to affect Jerusalem, and the Jews are
gradually returning thither, as they will do. We find it
takes a fixed star about two thousand one hundred and
sixty years to pass through the thirty degrees of a sign of
the Zodiac, and seventy-two years to pass through one
degree of longitude. Regulus will not actually enter the
first degree of Virgo until the year two thousand and ten.
By that time the elevation of Jerusalem will be accom-
plished and the cleansing of the sanctuary will take place.
The capitulation of Jerusalem to the Saracen chief,
Omar, took place in the autumn of the year six hundred
and thirty-seven A. D. Urania was then in the eleventh
degree of Scorpio, the sign ruling ancient Palestine, Virgo
being the ascendant of Jerusalem, Gemini would then be
its meridian. In six hundred and thirty-seven A. D. the
martial star B Tauri, the Bull's North Horn, was in
Virgo, three degrees and thirty-nine minutes, and as this
is the exact meridian of that city, we find the affliction fall-
ing from an opposition from the seventh house, the house
of the public and war. Thus we may trace the stars and
planets in their passage through the twelve signs of the
Zodiac, and therein read a history of the world; how the
different countries have been passing through a series
of blessings and so-called afflictions. It will ever be thus
throughout all time, and when humanity rises to a degree
of intelligence, whereby the book of the heavens may be
read, then can we hope to live in the more perfect world.
We have seen the outcome of this in ages past when this
278
SCIENCE AND KEY OF Life.
knowledge has been abused, and we pray that this lesson
may be taken to heart by all humanity in their struggle for
freedom.
An aspect is an angle formed on the earth by the luminous rays
of two planets, efficacious in stimulating sublunary nature. Deriva-
tive aspects are formed by portions of radical ones; all others are
ordinate. May each one fill the niche in life necessary to the fulfill-
ment of life's purposes.
Planets in the Different Signs and Houses.
We believe it will be well to devote time to the planets
in the different signs and houses, as we desire to make this
as simple as possible; and knowing the separate influences
of the planets, signs and houses, it will not be difficult to
confine these in such a way as to be able to tell the influence
of any planet, in any sign or house.
Take as an example, Mars and Taurus. Knowing the
meanings of Mars and Taurus separately, it is only neces-
sary to notice how the one must modify the other to arrive
at the result of the combination. Mars is the ruler of
Aries, which signifies self. Taurus indicates the worldly
possessions, and their combination will then show money
or wealth, earned by the native's own exertions, and as
Mars also rules the eighth sign, there may be money
inherited by legacy. Generally speaking the sign on the
Cusp of the Ascendant dominates the whole horoscope,
and leaves the chief impress on the appearance and char-
acter; but while the influence of the ascending sign is
always to be traced prominently, it not infrequently hap
pens that some other sign exerts a very distinct, modifying
effect. This is sometimes the sign containing the lord of
the ascendant, sometimes containing that of the Moon,
and occasionally that sign in which a number of planets
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
279
are grouped. The more the planets are concentrated into
a few signs, the more those signs will influence the native.
Any sign containing a planet exerts an influence of some
kind, but when a sign contains four or more planets its
influence will be distinctly traceable in the appearance, as
well as the character and destiny of the native, and that
quite irrespective of where the sign may be placed in the
horoscope. The element, whether fire, earth, air or water,
containing important planets, will also be noticeable by its
mental or physical effects.
Of all the effects exerted by planets in signs or houses,
those of the Moon seem the most important and most
easily detected, and in some cases the Zodiacal and mun-
dane positions of the Moon, taken in conjunction with
the Moon's aspects she receives, seem to cover quite a
large proportion of the life history, making the local
aspects and motions more effective upon the native. In
the prognostications that follow, the influence of a posi-
tion in a sign is regarded as similar to that in the cor-
responding mundane house, and for practical purposes, it
is necessary to combine the two, and have regard to aspects
as well. Of the two positions, Zodiacal and Mundane,
the former is the more general, and often the more easily
detected in its influence, though the two modify each other.
For instance, the Moon rising in Aries will produce a far
more restless and freedom loving character than when
rising in Virgo. The same mundane position rising is
common to both, but the change of sign varies the effect.
Aries, Leo and Capricorn are the chief signs giving mag-
istry, rulership, or command over others, elevation in the
world of fame, but it will depend upon the state of the
horoscope whether this is for good or evil. Capricorn,
for instance, in one case, may give a famous commander,
and in another, a great criminal. The rulers of these
280
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
three signs, when in the tenth house or fifth from their
own signs, will tend also to the characteristics just men-
tioned, modified, of course, by the signs they are in. .
Sabaeanism never excluded spirits from the stars, nor was Sabaen
worship directed to purely material beings who were incapable of
hearing the prayers of men. It was not the visible bodies of the
Sun, Moon and Stars, but the spirits who dwelt in them that were
addressed by the ancient worshippers of Nature. May each one find
the true path within self to lead to light.
"Everyone is United by Psychic Links with all Blood
Relations and Close Associates." Cardinal, Com-
mon and Fixed Signs; Their Significance. Sun
in the Twelve Houses and Signs.
We find that when many planets are in cardinal signs
or angles, it brings the native forward in the world.
The best combination for enduring fame seems to be a
distribution of the planets between cardinal and fixed
signs, which gives a mixture of enterprise and persever-
ance. Cardinal and common signs combine to give an
unsettled, restless spirit. Common and fixed signs give
a quiet perseverance or an unwise obstinacy, according
to the kind of horoscope, its nature, etc. Common signs
alone, especially the two mercurïal, Gemini and Virgo,
are of a retiring nature and lacking in self confidence.
They may be eager for fame, but either do not act to
achieve it, or still live quietly and obscurely, even when
they have attained it. Fixed signs give great patience and
determination.
All these combinations have their evil, as well as their
good side; for instance, common signs may be either
modest and retiring, or subtle and underhanded. Fixed
signs may be very firm, but an evil horoscope may turn
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
281
that firmness to evil end, or may manifest a furious, un-
governable temper and revengeful spirit. Cardinal signs,
if unsteadied by others, may make the native so fond of
show, or so liable to change of attitude or opinion, as
to excite ridicule. When Scorpio rises, or when it con-
tains important planets, it often happens that a death
occurs a few months before, or not long after. The birth
or death may be either a blood relation, or even one closely
associated with the family. The same general principle
holds good of all the signs and houses in the horoscope.
For instance, if a child's birth figure shows great misfor-
tune in money matters, some similar trouble will often
occur to the parent or some near associate of the native,
within a short time of the birth, as everyone is united by
psychic links with all blood relations and close associates,
and the incoming of a stranger, by birth or marriage with
the family circle, or the exit of such by death, affects for
good or evil those thus associated together. It is true
that children with good or bad horoscopes are born when
the parents are under favorable or unfavorable influences,
respectively, and the child acts and reacts upon its parents
and associates.
We will now take up the effects of the Sun in the twelve
Houses and Signs, and give particular attention to them.
The Sun in Aries, or first house: This position
is generally fortunate both for those things signified by
the Sun, as well as for those coming under Aries, and the
first house. It contributes to health and vitality and
length of life in the physical. It gives strength of will,
energy, activity, self-confidence, wilfulness, and to some,
rashness. The native will acquire some position of
authority or responsibility. No matter whether he moves
in an humble sphere, or a more public one, he will be inde-
pendent in manner, and capable of directing others and
282
SCIENCE AND KEY OF Life.
assumes such position naturally. Some kind of responsi-
bility will fall upon his shoulders, either in little things
or great, according to the position shown in the natal
figure. There is a natural inclination to religion, though
the latter is sometimes more rational than devotional.
He will also be independent and positive, enthusiastic,
sometimes militant, and if carried to excess, intolerant of
opposition. He has a tendency to travel and exploration,
also to scientific work. It favors a martial occupation, a
pioneer, explorer or leader and is favorable to the father
for the birth of sons. If afflicted it may cause excitability,
mental overwork, insomnia.
The light comes to show us the way, and let us live in it, casting
aside the vagaries of the past.
Sun in the Twelve Houses and Signs. Taurus, Gemini,
Cancer; Effects on Character.
We shall now consider the Sun when posited in the sign
Taurus, or the second house. This is most favorable for
the acquisition of wealth and possessions generally. Such
may come through business, or through inheritance, or
through investments, stocks and shares or public under-
takings. If a female she may gain through the husband;
the children gain in money or possessions through the
parents. It is good for the acquisition of houses or lands,
and for those whose occupation is connected with these,
and with the earthy element generally. It is fortunate
for the father. The native is warm hearted and affection-
ate, though there is liability to be misled, so as at times to
bestow the affections too readily. He is firm, patient and
obstinate; is very set upon achieving his end; pursues his
object with great determination, even if it should lead him
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
283
away from the lawful track. He is ambitious, and de-
sirous of assuming a prominent position. This influence
may lift the native up, and give him favor of those in
authority, or in a higher sphere of life. In a bad horo-
scope there may be notoriety, instead of fame, and a bad
temper, rather than firmness, and it is then apt to increase
the selfishness. There is an inclination for poetry, music,
painting and the fine arts. He is generally free and gen-
erous, though at times the opposite tendency shows itself,
and he is extremely careful of money matters. It is good
for vitality, but in an afflicted horoscope, will tend towards
fits, convulsions or effusions of blood on the brain.
The Sun in the sign of Gemini, or third house, strength-
ens the intellect, and inclines the native to the pursuit of
literature, science or art, and to following some occupation
connected with these. It favors educational, secretarial
and clerical work, writings, documents, letters, literary
work of a short or ephemeral kind, such as in magazines,
newspapers, pamphlets or small books, work connected
with messengers, means of transit, the Post Office, etc.
The mind is versatile and fond of change, but positive and
strong. He is somewhat ambitious and aspiring, and may
turn to public work, connected with education, local poli-
tics or public speaking and lecturing. He is fond of mov-
ing about, of walking, and of short journeys, principally
by land. He finds friends among literary people and oth-
ers signified by Gemini, and may join some secret society
or association, the activities of which are those of Gemini.
He may be the most clever or best educated of his family.
It gives several brothers or sisters. This position also sig-
nifies the birth of twins and a double marriage, as Gemini
is a double sign.
The Sun in the fourth house, or sign of Cancer, is good
for money or property gained from the parents; also
through some occupation connected with water or liquids,
284
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
with house or land property, or shipping. In a slight
measure it inclines to such occupations as detective,
gaolers, policemen or connected with hospitals or poor-
house, some public occupations not refined, not popular,
or not in good repute, plebeian; will reside near the water.
It is unfavorable for a strong constitution and longevity
for the parents, and also for marriage in female's horo-
scope; still, if marriage occurs money will be gained
through the husband. It inclines the native to home. He
is attached to the home and family life and the mother,
and prospers with house and land property. It favors
the birth of children, but if much afflicted, they will be
sickly or not prosperous. He is easy going, also fond of
pleasure and amusements. It is a good position for the
end of life, when not afflicted. In a bad horoscope it may
incline to dissipations and evil courses. It weakens the
will somewhat, and renders the native untrustworthy,
threatens obstacles and disappointments.
Each of the planets, according to the ancients, was governed by a
star or one of the seven great powers charged by God to superintend
the government of the world. The seven spirits before the throne
have the planetary spirits as their expressions, and by study of the
planets we see the harmony of the solar system. May we receive
a full understanding of the life immortal.
Sun Posited in Leo, Virgo and Libra; Effect on Charac-
ter.
We will continue this important subject of the Sun in
the different signs and houses. The Sun in Leo, or the
fifth house, brings out more clearly the qualities of the
Sun. The native is ambitious and aspiring; is capable
of filling positions of responsibility; also fond of exer-
cising authority; stands a good part on his dignity, still is
generous and magnanimous, affectionate and sympathetic.
This position favors all who rule over, or direct and em-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
285
ploy others; also schoolmasters and instructors, and those
who follow occupations that oblige them to come to the
fore to amuse, instruct or direct others. The native is
generally found in some more or less responsible position.
Whatever his sphere of life, it is difficult for him to act
in subordinate capacities, unless he has others under him,
or unless the indications of serving are prominent in the
natal figure. This must be kept in mind as an essential
part that goes to make up the primary qualities of the
native, but the whole map must be combined in one whole,
which can only be accomplished by having a knowledge of
the aspects taken separately. The native is very kind
hearted, social and susceptible to affairs of the heart.
This position is favorable for the father for health and
longevity. It favors the birth of a son. It also contrib-
utes to the manifestation of genius if other positions sup-
port it. The native is not a public speaker, but a deep
thinker, and prefers to go to the bottom of any subject
in which he may be interested.
The Sun in Virgo, or the sixth house, is favorable for
the acquisition of money through some occupation where
the native acts as subordinate, or where he is more or less
under the command of a chief or superior. He may be
one of the rank and file, a worker, but is more likely to be
a manager, with others under him, but himself responsi-
ble to a head. He does not make a good master when left
to himself; there is want of self-confidence, or bad judg-
ment is oftentimes the cause. He is liable to suffer
through servants or agents, unless the Sun is well as-
pected; then he may benefit by them. It tends to literary,
medical or scientific work, book reading, secretarial or
study of hygiene; is slightly unfavorable for health and
the constitution of the father or son.
It favors money
or gain from parental relations, and occupations of the
earthy element. The disposition is rather serious or sub-
286
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
dued, and may be at times melancholy, lacking hope, not
sufficiently self-assertive. He may be looked upon as
very judicial and impartial, or as vacillating and not to be
depended upon, according to the nature of the horoscope.
With the Sun in Libra, or the seventh house, the native
is popular and generally liked; is sociable, affectionate and
romantic; fond of company; easily makes friends, espe-
cially with the opposite sex; has some taste and ability for
science and the fine arts. This position tends to bring an
early marriage or engagement, and there is likely to be
some trouble or disappointment connected with either or
both events, ofttimes disharmony in marriage, more espe-
cially in a female horoscope. The native can be inde-
pendent if necessary, but is seldom or never overbearing
or proud; is kind and sympathetic and likes to awaken
brotherly and friendly feelings in others, and often gives
way to others for the sake of peace. Is just and sincere
and impartial, often very intuitive and may manifest
genius in some direction. There is a dash of the demo-
cratic and brotherly spirit in him, no matter what his opin-
ions or position in life may be. It is favorable for join-
ing societies, associations, companies, partenrships. It
strengthens the link of affection between the native and
his brothers and sisters. It inclines to travel, especially
to short journeys by land. It favors sociability, good
humor and a buoyant, hopeful spirit. The native must
have this last quality, else he would be most miserable and
have a sorry life indeed. In all the twelve signs we see
the workings of a grand master intelligence to equalize
harmony.
It is curious to note how instinctively the reason has ever pointed
out to mankind the ultimate end of the various sciences, and how
immediately afterwards they have set to work, like children, to realize
that end by inadequate means. Now they applied to their appetites,
now to their passions, now to their fancy, now to the understanding,
and lastly to the intuitive reason again.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
287
Sun in Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn, Aquarius and
Pisces.
We will continue with the influence of the Sun. In
the sign Scorpio, or the eighth house, it increases the vital-
ity, but if the horoscope shows affliction, there is liability
to early and sudden death, of the nature of Mars and
Scorpio. A death often occurs in the family, or those
closely associated. Near the birth of the native the posi-
tion is unfavorable for parents, especially the father, also
for the husband. In a female horoscope it may cause
death or estrangement from them; it gives children but
threatens the death of one, especially a son; is extravagant,
gives firmness and determination and obstinacy. The
native resists all outside influences and changes that do
not originate with himself, has much pride and self confi-
dence, with energy and activity; is often passionate, with
strong temper. This influence shows contradictory in-
fluences of good and bad, rise and fall, which will be found
in different horoscopes according to the aspects, some-
times in the same horoscope at different times; he may
follow some plebeian or unpopular occupation and rise
considerably therein; or vice versa. In some way the ap-
parent contradiction will work its effect.
The Sun in Sagittarius, or ninth house, shows generous,
judicial, impartial nature, naturally religious and sincere,
intuitive, mystical, original in his work; is honest and sin-
cere in opinions; restless in mind and body; is enthusias-
tic; will follow more than one occupation or pursuit at a
time. The position is good for health and the birth of
sons, travelling, voyaging and changing of residence. It
strengthens intuition and may exist with genius.
With the Sun in Capricorn, or tenth house, the native is
ambitious, aspiring, desirous of power and fame, well fit-
288
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
ted for leading and commanding; sooner or later he occu-
pies some position of importance; has few confidants or in-
timate friends; is thoughtful, subtle, serious and reserved;
may be wanting in buoyancy and hope; Mars more prom-
inent in the figure may modify his nature. He makes a
better master than servant. The position is not good for
health and longevity. It is also unfavorable for marriage
and threatens the death of children.
With the Sun in Aquarius, or eleventh house, the native
is popular, sociable, makes friends readily; is democratic
and broad-minded, though cautious; leads a more or less
public life; is interested in educational or public affairs
or popular movements for the benefit of many, and will
follow some more or less intellectual pursuit; is patient,
skillful, humane, intelligent, and may rise considerably
above the sphere of birth; is original and self reliant,
and benefits largely through his many friends. It is nec-
essary for him to have his own way in his work, as he is
independent and dislikes control. He will join some
party, association, society, club or community or move-
ment, bringing many to join with him in a common cause.
The position is slightly unfavorable for the father. It
favors the birth of sons, but brings trouble with one of
them. It is slightly unfavorable to the husband, in a
female horoscope, and often causes some trouble in mar-
ried life, or love matters; not good for vitality or longev-
ity, unless contradicted by aspects or mundane position.
The Sun in Pisces, or twelfth house, gives a restless,
changeable disposition, too retiring, not sufficiently self-
reliant; the native is either quiet or unambitious, or if
he essays great things of importance either does not gain
them or does not retain them. He may be upheld in posi-
tion by the influence of others, or by association with them.
There is a lack of self initiative, and he is greatly influ-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
289
enced by persons and circumstances. It points out occu-
pations of plebeian nature, or which do not entail prom-
inence as well as the natural occupations of this sign and
house. There may be at some time in life much unpop-
ularity or hostility shown to the native, or he will have
moments of considerable anxiety or depression. It threat-
ens many obstacles and misfortunes in life. He is socia-
ble and good humored, but easily influenced by others; is
generally sincere and religious, but may change religion
and occupation; is slightly unfavorable for vitality; a
child is likely to die or prove sickly or unfortunate; there
may be gain by marriage, legacy or partnership. These
children must cultivate hope and cheerfulness. In all
things let us seek to find our real self and correct accord-
ingly.
We note the powerful effect the Moon has in movements upon
humanity generally, in bringing success in her increase and the con-
trary effects in her decrease. The astrological reason for this is that
the Moon signifies not only the community at large, but also those
changes in popular opinion which are apparently without motive so
constantly occurring. May we all come to the greater light.
CHAPTER XIII.
Evolution in the Light of Astrology. Blessings in Dis-
guise. "Character is Destiny."
We wish to continue our subject of the planets and the signs,
and houses, and next of importance comes the Moon;
but first we wish to call your attention to a very interesting
subject in connection with evolution of life, taken astro-
logically.
The remark is often made that one has a good or bad
horoscope, bad and good directions. Now let us consider
what is meant by these expressions, and from what stand-
point the natal chart is being considered at the time,
whether from the external or personal plane (the world's
standard), or from the esoteric or individual side, in
which the life of the ego, seeking its experience through
its personality, is depicted in its natal chart.
Let us take a typical case to illustrate practically what
is meant by the foregoing statement. For instance, we
find Saturn posited in the second house, afflicting the
ruler of the nativity. This, we say is a bad aspect for
money or possessions. We would say the native will
never be opulent; there will be difficulty in gaining finan-
cial success, labor to acquire position in life. All this is
true, and measured by external reasoning alone, it is very
unfavorable; but let us investigate the subject more
closely and see what this denial of finance means. The
earnest, sincere student of life, to whom sorrows, joys and
opportunities mean more than worldly aggrandizement,
290
!
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
291
will note that Saturn, afflicted in the house of intellect,
means a slow mind, limited mental capacity, and realizes
that this very absence of means, if a punishment on the
earth plane, is yet a blessing in disguise; because consid-
ered from the higher vantage ground, this very lack of
wealth, this very struggle for income, will develop intel-
lectual capacity, growth of mind by thought and experi-
ence, the mind thus evolving more rapidly. In this case
luxury and wealth would cause stagnation, for there
would be no incentive from without to stir the mind to
action from within. Then a so-called evil is from the
inner standpoint a quickener of evolution, growth on
exercise being a law of nature, for the nature of evolution
is the unfoldment of the possibilities from within, quick-
ened by opportunities from without; and to the student
who seeks the secret of nature, who has realized to some
extent what the Delphic oracle meant by "Man, know
thyself,” the horoscope is a means of self knowledge; but
he looks at the inner significance of the figure, as well as
the external expression, and tries to fathom the condition
of the life that is working within the form, rather than
what he can personally gain by his figure of birth. The
question he asks is not so much, "Have I a good horoscope
for wealth, position, marriage, fame?" etc., but "Have I
a good horoscope as far as character and mind and moral-
ity are concerned?" For he knows that character is des-
tiny, and the science of astrology proves in a very literal
and practical sense the teachings of old: "Seek ye first the
kingdom of heaven, and all things will be added unto you."
If the moral character is flawless, it will be felt in the
world of men. Responsibility, and as a necessary corrol-
lary, position, will be attained, if the quality of love in the
natal chart is untinged with Saturnine selfishness or mar-
tial passion; then by that attractive force within, friends
}
292
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
will come to give aïd, and benefits will follow; so will
becomes powerful, selfish desire not limiting its force.
Then this ability to lead and direct is recognized, and
leadership and authority is yours by birthright, and op-
portunity comes.
We must realize that we are all gods in the making,
and that each natal chart is an unfolding of the past, and
to-day we are making by our thoughts our future condi-
tion, and when humanity awakens to the fact that self
is conditioned by self, and they are the makers of their
own destiny, evolution will make rapid strides forward.
Then as an aid to self knowledge, a man will look at his
horoscope, and scan with an unerring eye his weaknesses,
deficiencies and disabilities, and take himself in hand.
As the Sun of knowledge illuminates the lunar personality, the
clouds of doubt and darkness roll away, and a new life begins, while
all sense of injustice has fled; for how can a student of the law gov-
erning human evolution entertain for a moment the idea of injus-
tice. May we each rise to the unfoldment of life in harmony with
perfect being.
Law of Evolution. A Suppositious Horoscope. "The
Inequalities of Life Are the Effect of a Self-Gen-
erated Cause."
When the student knows astrology and how the law is
applied, he will seek to turn the square of affliction into
the angle of joy, resting on the law. Believing in the
law, he builds to-day his future virtues on the steps of his
past failures. He is wisely learning by self knowledge
how to overcome the stellar rulings. Is Mars afflicted in
his figure; does the passional sense-nature seek to en-
chain and enslave him? If so, he now seeks to unbind
the chain he once forged about himself, and using his
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
293
mind and thought power, he decides to dominate this side
of his nature, for the mind is ruler over the senses, and,
long and severe though the struggle may be, the result
is absolutely sure, and from the Moon square to Mars we
evolve Moon sextile to Mars.
In this idea of evolution let us see how a knowledge of
the law may be utilized for the control of destiny. Let
us glance over an ordinary horoscope, and learn how
necessity and free will are both at work, and at work in
harmony. Here we have before us a passional nature,
showing definite characteristics, some good, some bad,
a physical body fairly formed and healthy, but with noth-
ing special in the natal figure. Suppose the person has
given some thought to astrology, which is the manifesta-
tion of law in working activity. He finds himself with a
certain stock in hand, and he must endeavor to do the best
he can with it. Great mental power is not in his grasp;
many temptations are about him, to which his passional
nature yields, even though he feels compunction for so
doing. He finds he cannot avoid troubles of many kinds.
He can only bear the pain as best he may; he cannot escape
from it. He sees that all these things are true, and on
first realization, he feels somewhat like a slave under the
lash of grim destiny; astrology cannot alter his horoscope,
for he has limited himself. He is bound by his desires,
chained by errors of an earlier day.
This is the fate side truly, but how about the free will?
Is there no aid, is there no balm in Gilead? Most em-
phatically, yes. First, he must learn to accept the con-
ditions under which he finds himself, realizing that these
disabilities are self made, whether it be bodily pain, men-
tal unrest, sadness, fear or deformity. A student worthy
of the name must believe in that perfect law of justice,
which he ever seeks to unravel and expound. He under-
294
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
stands and realizes that the conditions of life in which
men find themselves are not accidents nor freaks of na-
ture. True, astrology explains and justifies the inequali-
ties of human life; they are no accident, but the effect
of a self generated cause, by nature's slow process which
led from infancy to manhood. The personal life has been
composed of distinct days, separated from each other by
nights of sleep. In the divine plan of evolution mankind
is educated from the lowest stage of human littleness to
the highest plane of infinite wisdom, but the individuality
is formed by many and varied expressions of life. In
each expression the individuality acts, learns and forms
character, and as is that character so must be those ex-
pressions of life that follow it. Re-birth is the law of
human development; humanity must pass through many
expressions in order to advance and struggle upwards to
perfection. The horoscope expresses the extent to which
the individuality has advanced at the birth into physical
form, and the individuals are just what they have made
themselves, and the condition in life is that for which they
are fitted. Let this truth be realized, that the present maps.
of life are but the sum and substance of the past, and that
the chart expresses exactly what you are, for your charac-
ter is you.
Once the invariability of the law is considered, that law Justice
itself; that we may alter ourselves by our will, and thus change the
action of the law, we have taken a step toward a contented mind
and a better future. How could the infinite of the universe, govern-
ing and sustaining this universe by love, be otherwise than just?
May we all be perfect in the law.
Astrology is no Respecter of Persons." "We are Mas-
ters of Our To-morrows."
Let us proceed on our way in a better understanding
of evolution. No earnest student of astrology could be-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
295
lieve in divine favoritism. The belief that the God of the
systems is wilful or capricious, dealing out joys or sor-
rows, just by accident or fancy, petting one of his chil-
dren and chastising another, without any regard for
moral worth or character-such a belief is galling. In
such a being confidence would be impossible, and those
who are privileged to study the evolutionary law feel that
the great law of cause and effect is being demonstrated.
X Astrology is no respecter of persons. It regards one
personality precisely as another, and notes the very small-
est act in its complete account book, and when the time
arrives for settlement, either to-day or to-morrow, here
and now, or in the next expression of life, pays each debt,
and with exact and scrupulous fidelity as each birth figure
proves. This law realized and its workings partly dis-
cerned, it acquits providence, calms all resentment and
discontent, and indicates justice. Thus it is for each
one to feel all his endeavors to lead a nobler life stimu-
lated by this knowledge and wisdom. An old proverb
from the Hitopadestia reads thus: "Look, the clay dries
into iron, but the potter moulds the clay. Destiny to-day
is master; man was master yesterday." Thus we are
masters of our to-morrows, however much we are ham-
pered to-day by the results of our yesterdays. Let the
student impress this firmly upon his mind,-master of our
to-morrows. The mould of the figure is practically in
our hands to-day. The quality of our next expression
does not arise from chance or from superior will, but
from the effect of new causes we are generating in the
present. The responsibility and power are ours alone.
He then, who desires a better horoscope must better his
present natal figure. Seek to overcome this stellar ruling
of an evil nature now; note the faults which mar the life,
1
296
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
the sloth, passions, discontent, rashness, thoughtlessness,
covetousness, hatred, etc., and seek to overcome these
habits of the past; or, in other words, seek to help on evo-
lution by co-operating with the law. Try and realize the
natal figure and set the will to make the best of it, and
improve self. Instead of saying within, "Why should I
suffer?" say rather, "What have I done unwisely in the
past that I find myself in such a condition in the present?”
Above all the other faults of the lower nature, and yet
embracing all, is selfishness, the love of personal desire as
against the rights, privileges and happiness of brother
men and women; for it must be ever kept in mind, the
unity to which all are tending in this evolutionary unfold-
ment. It is a truth that he who desires a happier and
better future must begin by making happier the lives of
others now, that is, respect their rights; consult their feel-
ings; extend their knowledge, generously sacrificing self,
that others may benefit and live in the joys of reality.
It has been said, "Ignorance is bliss; 'tis folly to be wise,
but there must be an awakening. Zoroaster said that he
who loses his life shall find it, and astrology proves this,
for it teaches that as we mould our character in the grace
and beauty of true manliness and womanliness, we are
forming our future horoscope; for that new birth-figure
is to fit the nature formed in this. And the student of
astrology who sees his present as the product or result of
his past self, and who foresees that his future will be the
product of his present; who believes in the law of perfect
justice ruling the world; who desires to have a better re-
birth in the next expression of life, with less of pain and
more gladness of heart than this present figure has given
him-will seek in generous service to fellow man, and an
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
297
earnest endeavor to purify self and the lower nature to
earn a better future. He trusts a law that cannot break,
a force that cannot fail.
In following the truths expounded, we may not err in finding the
true path to a life that is in harmony with our infinity. It is the
science of eternal life, which, to fully realize, means redemption
from the cross we wear in the first expression. Let us learn to
lighten our burdens.
The Moon in the Twelve Signs and Houses; Aries,
Taurus, Gemini.
We will now take up the Moon in the twelve signs and
houses. This is a position next in importance to the Sun.
With the Moon in Aries, or first house, the native is an
enthusiast in some directions, impulsive, aggressive and
militant in manner, often irritable and liable to fits of
anger; insists on having his own way; is disobedient to
superiors; independent and self reliant; somewhat volatile
or changeable, depending upon impulse; disliking conven-
tionality or discipline; may achieve popularity or noto-
riety; may be placed in some position where he may exer-
cise authority over a number of people. He will be at
the head of some undertaking, or will be prominent in
his sphere of life; has liability to feverish diseases and
affections of the head, especially if the Moon is in hyleg.
He will go more by intellect than intuition. The mother
will play a prominent part in the life in some way, often
not a sympathetic or fortunate one. There is likelihood
of differences between the native and parents, or he may
be separated by them in some way. This position favors
pursuits of Mars nature, independent, or original ventures.
The native will strike out a path for himself; at least he
298
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
will attempt to do so, and much that he does will be con-
trary to the advice and counsel of friends. Mysticism or
occultism will be shown in his life, or the tendency may
take the form of a necessity for secrecy in some of his
affairs. His occupation may sometimes involve secrecy
or mystery, or be of low class, though it be contrary to
his nature.
With the Moon in Taurus, or second house, the native is
quiet and unimpulsive, persistent, determined, not to be
thwarted in his aims, somewhat hopeful, ambitious and
desirous of excelling, following established customs, con-
servative by nature, resisting change and outside influen-
ces.
This position gains friends for the native, and favors
the acquisition of money, houses or lands. It favors oc-
cupations of the earthy elements, dealing in houses, lands,
heavy goods, old established businesses, or the native may
succeed in the father's business and gain or inherit from
a parent. Often the native may support mother, or she
may gain, financially, through the native. Some time
the occupation may be considered low class, plebeian or
unpopular though remunerative, and unless contradicted
in the map elsewhere the native will prosper financially.
The position is favorable for occupations of water and
liquids, and for living near the water. The native will
have more sisters than brothers, and there is usually har-
mony between them through life. He is somewhat sen-
suous and material, but sociable and good disposition.
The position is good for marriage, short journeys, music,
singing and gaining friends.
The Moon in Gemini, or third house, strengthens the
intellect, makes the native fond of books, studious, given
to scientific and literary pursuits; inclines to occupations.
of Mercury and third house; is active in mind and body;
changes his residence frequently, or has more than one
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
299
house; often goes on short journeys, travels, or is out
and about a great part of his time; is often out of doors,
walking or riding. He is skillful and dexterous with his
hands and arms; is able to live by his wits, and may gain
money as messenger, traveler, salesman, speaker, designer,
clerk, writer, journalist, engraver, artist, sculptor, or in
study and literature; often changes his occupation; may
have a step or adopted mother or brothers and sisters.
The mind is prone to change, and there may be lack of
perseverance. In a bad horoscope there is underhanded-
ness, subtlety, lack of straightforwardness, especially in
matters of the second, third and fourth houses. Money
may be gained through the mother or lost, if afflicted.
Native resembles the mother bodily or mentally. If the
Moon is afflicted, will suffer through matters of Gemini or
third house.
From the most ancient times a connection has been traced between
the four elements of fire, earth, air and water and the Zodiac. This
is in fact a feature of astrology, as handed down to the present day.
The real nature of these four elements which in terms of the micro-
cosm have their place, is certainly apparent to a close student. Sym-
bology is applied to the spiritual, mental, psychic and physical planes
of human existence, and it is to be noted that the alchemical symbols
of these elements are all formed of a triangle inverted or upright,
which is a reference to the three-fold constitution of each element,
viz., fixed, unstable and volatile; furthermore, sound and rhythm
are closely allied therewith, each of these elements symbolizing cer-
tain rates of vibration.
Influence of the Moon.
Cancer, Leo, Virgo.
With the Moon in Cancer, or the fourth house, the
native is fond of ease and comfort in the home; is do-
mestic in his habits and attached to his home and to his
mother, whom he may take after. He is friendly and
sociable in manner; is imaginative, emotional and change-
300
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
able. He is influenced greatly by his environments or
surroundings; is very sensitive to outside influences, and
in a measure falls in readily with the ways and methods of
others; adopts the suggestions of others; sympathizes with
the joys and sorrows of others, and takes on the coloring
of others from the outside, to a great extent. He is most
fortunate when acting under advice or direction of others,
though this may be greatly modified. If positive signs or
planets are prominent in the figure, under the influence of
Mars or Martial signs especially, he may manifest a great
amount of positiveness or independence. There is some
ability for acting, mimicking, expressing the thoughts of
others, also for music and painting. The position relates
somewhat to mediumship, psychism, and the astral plane
generally. The native is naturally drawn to the watery
element, resides near water or travels by water; deals in
liquids. The native is also fortunate with houses or
lands, property and shipping. This is a fruitful position
and increases the number of children.
The Moon in Leo, or the fifth house, is one of the signs
of rulership. It tends to uplift the native, to place him
in positions of responsibility or prominence, and to give
him authority over others, as head or manager or director.
It is favorable for money matters and speculations, if un-
afflicted; also for inheritance from a parent, or pecuniary
help from those above him in possessions. It gives the
favor of those in higher ranks of life than the native, and
gives money through any occupation of the fifth house.
It gives love of luxurious pleasures, perfumes, jewels, fine
clothes, etc. The native is ambitious and desirous of
occupying a prominent place, and does not hesitate to
come before the public. He is honorable and generous in
money matters, highminded, candid, warmhearted, and
so, susceptible in affairs of the heart. The position favors
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
301
intuition and genius. It is rather unfavorable for the
father, and it will co-operate with any other influence in
causing trouble to the father and superiors to the native.
With the Moon in Virgo, or sixth house, the native has
good intellectual powers, and is capable of following some
intellectual pursuit. He has a good memory and learns
readily; is often musical. It is good for any occupation
of the sixth house, and to a less extent, of the third also.
It covers a great variety of occupations, servant, agent
or subordinate in any capacity. It also partakes of the
earthy element of mines, lands and property, and generally
leads the native into some of these channels. He may
also be connected with drugs or medicines, chemistry, etc.,
and will at some time in life be interested in science, to a
greater or less degree. He makes a trustworthy or for-
tunate servant, and is himself fortunate through servants
or those under him, if not afflicted at birth; but if so
afflicted, then it must be judged accordingly. He is firm
in convictions when once the light comes to him. This
position, taken alone, tends to make the native quiet, un-
pretentious, somewhat irresolute, and succeeds best when
a martial ray is thrown out to him, either good or bad.
This is in a material sense. It does not favor the health
of the mother. It affects that part of the body governed
by the house the Moon is in; he has many friends, espe-
cially females, may belong to some company, firm, society,
association. There is likelihood of many short journeys,
as secretary, messenger, clerk, schoolmaster, etc.
The science of life, the study of the working of the divine mind
in nature, of the evolving life within the changing forms, is the
torch which is to throw light on the many problems of life, and the
invisible worlds in search of the explanation of the visible; thus to
render materialism impossible, by completing the half-truths upon
which it rests, to disperse superstition by illuminating dimly seen
facts of nature.
302
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Influence of the Moon. Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius.
We will continue our subject of the Moon in the sign
Libra, or the seventh house. This position gives psychic
power and mediumship in a greater or less degree, and
combines the two influences of the Moon and Libra to this
direction. It favors marriage, more especially in the
male horoscope, makes the native popular with the oppo-
site sex, and conduces to general popularity; gives fond-
ness for music, poetry and the fine arts generally. The
native is affectionate, good natured, kind in manner,
easily gains friends. He is fond of company, society and
friends. Many events of his life will come about through
his association with other people, by whom he will be
greatly swayed and influenced. It tends strongly to part-
nerships, not alone in business but in all affairs of life.
Though without being necessarily irresolute the native
depends largely upon someone else, and gets along best
when associated with others. The marriage may be
helped or hindered by a parent of either the native or
marriage partner. There may be some difference in age
or social position between the native and partner.
With the Moon in Scorpio, or the eighth house, the na-
tive is firm, determined, self reliant, and.well able to stand
alone and fight his own battles. He is abrupt, positive,
energetic and capable of hard work, though fond of the
good things of the world and easy living: is very conserva-
tive and very adverse to change, especially if forced upon.
him from without; is difficult to influence, and yet for his
own purposes will sometimes appear very revolutionary
and changeable; is sometimes irritable, angry and re-
vengeful, this being a very bad position, if backed up by
other evil influences. This is a fruitful sign and increases
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
303
the number of children, but threatens the death of, or
trouble through, one. If hyleg, it gives considerable
vitality, but with liability to feverish diseases, especially
of the lower bowel, bladder and other adjacent parts.
The position is not favorable for the mother, and her
side of the family. It does not favor morality, and may
give habits of drinking; often causes a coarseness of
speech or manner. It inclines one to psychic study or
occultism. A death occurs in the ranks of his close asso-
ciates shortly before or after his birth or early in life,
and he has much to do with death; acts as executor; is fre-
quently brought into relation with the dead, or may fol-
low some occupation bearing upon the dead. It attracts
to the opposite sex in any horoscope, favors marriage in
a male figure, but threatens disharmony in the married
state, or in relations with the opposite sex. It slightly
favors money by inheritance, marriage or partnership,
but there is trouble in connection with it, and loss through
high expenditure or wastefulness, especially if bad as-
pects coincide, or he may be called upon to spend freely
for his family or others closely associated with him.
The Moon in Sagittarius, or the ninth house, gives a
quick, restless, unsettled manner, either to body or mind.
The native is active in body, fond of physical exercise,
sports, athletics; is a quick, rapid walker and worker. He
is inclined to travel and changes his abode frequently, and
will go on a long voyage at some time in life. His dispo-
sition is sincere and honorable, kindly and good humored.
There is a strong inclination to the occupation and
affairs of the ninth house, and these are sure to be prom-
inent in the life history. The native is religious and sin-
cere in his belief, even if he be unorthodox. There is
an inclination for mysticism, occultism, etc. He is a
natural teacher or preacher, and may have something of
304
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIfe.
the prophet in his nature. The intuition is increased and
made more sensitive and may be clairvoyant. There is
a tendency to dreaming and somnambulism. There is tal-
ent for religion, philosophy, music, poetry, etc. In the
lower type of the horoscope, the animal side will show
rather than the religious. Then occupations connected
with shipping and horses will be prominent in the life.
The native is a faithful servant or benefits by servants;
may have several occupations, or change occupation often.
May have a stepfather or be adopted.
Prayer means the intense direction of the will and desire towards
the highest; an unchanging intent to know naught but the highest.
The command always is to labor, that is to pray; to ask is to receive;
to knock is to have the door opened. When you think inwardly,
pray intensely and imagine centrally, then you may converse with
the infinite. May we pray for the good of all.
Influence of the Moon, Capricorn, Aquarius, Pisces.
The Moon in Capricorn, or the tenth house, brings the
native before the public for good or evil, popularity or
notoriety, though it usually has some drawback attached
to it. If well aspected he may be at the head of some
undertaking, or may attract attention as a prominent or
responsible person for something he has done, or with
which he is associated, though if badly aspected the pub-
licity signified may be of an unpleasant nature. It gives
some degree of rulership and administrative ability, which
is intensified if the Sun is in a sign or house having sim-
ilar power. There is always some drawback attached to
the occupation, either by enemies, open or secret, or his
reputation may suffer, with or without his having deserved
it. There will be some differences between the native
and parents slightly favorable for marriage, but there is
also some drawback here. There is inharmony, or the
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
305
partner may die. There may also be differences in age,
social position or possessions. The native is fond of
show; is rather selfish, proud, calculating, cautious;
knows how to influence others, but thinks too little of the
feelings of others; is cold by nature. If the horoscope
is a good one, the more undesirable characteristics may
be obviated, and if there are influences, he may attain con-
siderable fame or prominence, much depending upon the
aspects to the Moon.
The Moon in Aquarius, or eleventh house, gives in-
clination for astrology, dreaming, visions, mediumship,
mysticism and the occult generally. Original, eccentric
and novel objects attract the native. He may join
secret or mystical societies. He is broad and humanit-
arian in his sympathies, fraternizes readily with those
who are congenial to him; is easily drawn into the subject
of such, and will be found in some club, society or group
of those similarly minded. He has an inclination for po-
litical, educational and scientific work, and may join any
movement or public body relating to these; has some
inclination for local politics and municipal affairs; he is
sociable and sympathetic in manner, and desirous of the
good opinion of others, and yet may be very independent,
unorthodox and unconventional at times. The position
increases the imagination, intuition and mental sensitive-
ness generally to a slight extent. It favors benefit and
inheritance from females, or the mother's side of the fam-
ily, and from partnership in business; also from the occu-
pations and affairs of the nature of the fourth house, but
these will suffer greatly under bad aspects. It is in a
measure unfavorable for marriage in a male horoscopal
figure, and also for the mother; is also slightly unfavorable
for the constitution, and more especially the nervous sys-
tem. If the Moon is afflicted, the eyesight may suffer.
306
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
With the Moon in Pisces, or the twelfth house, the na-
tive is quiet, retiring and easy going; is restless and fond
of variety, and changes his mind; is easily changed; is
constantly irresolute, and not always to be depended upon;
is too easily discouraged, and meets with obstacles and
misfortune and opposition in life. The position favors
traveling, by water more especially, and a desire to change
residence. It also gives a liking for reading of a romantic
or emotional nature; also for music and poetry that ap-
peals to the emotions and feelings. As a speaker, writer
or composer, the native is fluent, copious, imaginative and
diffuse. He inclines to be religious, but is more likely
to be emotional than intellectual, his religion being felt
rather than reasoned out. He is ofttimes wanting in
buoyancy and hope, and suffers thereby. He is too seri-
ous or too easily depressed, and may lack matter of fact
common sense and humor. There may be a tendency to
intemperance or dissipation, partaking of narcotics, etc.
He very easily forms habits which he has not the courage
or resolution to throw off. Mediumship, clear-dreaming
and various psychic powers manifest themselves, but he
needs a firm hand to guide him in such. The position
softens the frame, increases the fleshy and glandular
structure; is not favorable for good health. There is
danger from secret enemies. The native may not be
straightforward; has liability to detention in hospitals,
poorhouse or prison. The worst aspect will not show
unless accompanied by bad aspects.
Creation, or the putting forth of things, is not to be thought of
as an act, once accomplished and then ended, for the celestial Olym-
pus is continually creating and continually becoming; the celestial
substance is continually individualizing itself, that it may build itself
up into a perfect individual. Thus is the circle of life accomplished
and its ends meet, the one with the other. May we all individualize
self in perfection.
!
CHAPTER XIV.
Mercury in the Twelve Signs and Houses. Aries, Taurus,
Gemini.
We find it best to continue the subject of the planets in
signs and houses, as it will be well to keep them together,
at least the three planets whose influence is most powerful
upon the mind, the Sun, the Moon; and next comes Mer-
cury. With this planet in the sign of Aries, or the firsi
house, the native will be quick-witted, apt at writing and
speaking, witty, observant and sharp, but sometimes given
to exaggeration; sarcastic, enthusiastic, or excitable. He
may write and publish and make friends among writers,
readers or literary people. It favors short journeys and
short writings. The native will be a quick and very pro-
lific writer, with a fertile mind, original and inventive.
It is good for the occupations of Gemini and Virgo, and
will co-operate with other influences in bringing them for-
ward. If afflicted, it threatens some trouble to the head
or bowels, and in a measure Gemini and the mundane
house, in which Mercury is placed, giving liability to
feverish complaints or accidents affecting these parts.
With Mercury in Taurus, or the second house, the
native is slow to make up his mind, but is fixed and deter-
mined when it is made up, and will exercise much patience
and perseverance in Mercurial matters and pursuits. He
is fond of money and possessions, and will gain by any
occupation signified by Gemini or Virgo, or the mundane
house in which Mercury is posited. It does not incline
307
308
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
the native to travel, except for causes rising out of the
second and sixth houses, that is, business and money mat-
ters, or on behalf of someone else or the health. It gives
a friendly, sociable disposition, some inclination to relig-
ion, art, music or poetry. He is capable of great endur-
ance in mental work, and will have a good memory. If
Mercury be afflicted he may show much irritation and
anger at times.
Mercury in Gemini, or third house, brings prominently
to the fore, in the life history, all things signified by
Gemini and the third house. It inclines to traveling, to
reading and study, though perhaps of a desultory descrip-
tion, embracing many subjects, carrying on two different
Mercurial occupations or studies at the same time, or
quickly changing from one to another. It assists to make
him suited to any occupation signified by Gemini or Virgo,
and he may rise to some distinction in Virgo matters or
occupations.
With Mercury in Cancer, or the fourth house, the native
is quiet, good-humored, easy-going, sociable in disposition
and speech. He is sometimes changeable. His mind
grasps many subjects, and he takes a wide, comprehensive
view of things. His memory is good, and his mind sound
and strong, if not always quick and alert. There is a
sense of rhythm and motion, which may show either phys-
ically in dancing or athletics, or mentally in music or
poetry. He may gain money or possessions through oc-
cupations and affairs of the third and fourth houses, or
through the watery element, and also through brothers,
sisters, cousins and the mother on her side of the family.
He is fond of water and will travel by it, especially on
short journeys. This inclines somewhat to traveling.
There is inclination to investigate occult subjects. He
may be a somnambulist or dreamer, or possess some occult
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
309
gift. This position may exist with intuition, and some
amount of genius, especially if other influences harmon-
ize. He is the servant or agent of many, and finds friends
among people signified by Virgo and Cancer, or those
coming under the fourth and sixth houses; also among
those in a lower rank of life than himself, and sometimes
among those investigating mystical or occult subjects. It is
favorable for joining societies, etc. The native does bet-
ter when associated with others than alone. It is good
for digestion, but the state of mind and the stomach act
and react on each other.
Love is the atmosphere, or ether, in which the spiritual spheres
revolve, and until the soul is aware of it, and at home with it,
spiritual life has not begun. The animal and the divine soul cannot
be in full activity at the same time. Each one must choose which is
to predominate; take emotion and make it purpose; enthusiasm
and make it force. You can kill nothing, but must transmute it.
Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio.
Mercury in Leo, or the fifth house; the native is strong-
minded and positive, but kind-hearted, easy-going, fond
of pleasure and self indulgent. He generally rises to
some more or less responsible position in matters signified
by the third and sixth houses, and is capable of managing
for, or controlling others. In these matters he may make
money through affairs of the fifth or sixth houses, and
there will be short journeys on account of the signification
of the third and fifth houses. He will be fond of children,
music, singing, poetry and the arts, may give up too
much of his time to Mercurial pursuits, and neglect other
duties. In such pursuits he will show perseverance and
mental concentration. It is not so fortunate for Virgo
310
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
as Gemini matters. If afflicted, trouble of the nature of
the fifth and sixth houses will ensue, treachery, slander of
servants or employes, danger from drugs, weakness of
heart or bowels.
Mercury in Virgo, or the sixth house; the mind is active.
and comprehensive; learns readily; is fond of science and
speculation; has good memory, and will turn his studies
to account in life; is practical and utilitarian, a good sec-
retary, or clerk, or servant in any capacity where Mer-
curial affairs generally are of importance, though he is
apt to study too many subjects, have too many irons in
the fire. If afflicted, it tends to weakness of the bowels,
or that part of the body signified by the mundane house,
in which Mercury is placed; he has natural inclination
to occupations and affairs of Virgo and sixth house, may
contract a habit of taking drugs, may fall ill or have to
travel for health. The position does not promise great
public success or popularity in writing, though he may
achieve much in a quiet way, or in a sphere that does not
bring him forward as a leader. He may write upon, or
study occult subjects, or the influence may take a form of
his dealing with unpopular matters.
Mercury in Libra, or the seventh house; this is favor-
able for studies, writing, education, etc., and the third
and sixth house occupations. In conjunction with some
other person or persons there may or may not be any
technical partnerships, but the native, in carrying out these
affairs, is sure to associate with other persons, by his own
desire, and sometimes by necessity. He can gain finan-
cially through sixth house occupations. There may be
marriage with person signified in character or occupation
by the third and sixth houses; the marriage may be one
of intellect, comradeship and of the mind, rather than of
the emotions; may be marriage with cousin or relative, or
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
311
with one inferior in some respect to the native. There
will be harmonious relationship with brothers, sisters,
cousins, nephews and nieces. If Mercury be afflicted,
there may be many obstacles to the marriage, and happi-
ness therein is doubtful. This position is favorable
for education and intellect, and in a degree, poetry, music,
art, etc., and it strengthens the intuition; gives love of
society and comradeship for intellectual pleasures and
children.
Mercury in Scorpio, or the eighth house; the native
is positive in his opinions, obstinate and difficult to con-
vince; may be moved to much enthusiasm for any cause
he espouses, and to great indignation or hate by a real
or imaginary wrong. He can pursue a train of thought
with great mental concentration; he is lively, active in
mind, witty and sarcastic; may have a great flow of
words and command of language, unless Saturn afflicts;
has manual dexterity; is ingenious and fertile of resource
mentally, and may invent or discover. He is fond of
looking beneath the surface for the cause of things, of
searching into mysteries and solving problems. Accord-
ing to his station in life, he may be a practical oculist,
chemist, surgeon, detective, soldier or worker in metals,
though mental ingenuity will show in each case; he may
make a powerful mesmerist, a healer or controller of the
will; is in danger while traveling; there may be death of
a brother, sister or servant in close association with the
native; if afflicted, is of very uncertain temper; may have
work connected with sanitation or the dead; sexton, under-
taker or medical officer of health.
A vision of infinity, a glimpse of the beyond never comes until
the soul is purified, and you must ever bear in mind that this earth
planet is a means to an end, and not the end itself. It is well to love
God, but it is first necessary to love our neighbors. May we enter the
gateway of truth, and realize all life in its full meaning.
¿
312
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Sagittarius, Capricorn, Aquarius, Pisces.
We will now consider Mercury in Sagittarius, or the
ninth house. The native is just, generous and sincere.
He inclines to some earnest kind of religion, even if un-
orthodox; is apt for medicine, science and literature; is
active mentally, but changeable; is apt to study more
subjects than one at a time, or carry on more than one
occupation at a time, and pass quickly from one subject
to another. As a writer he will deal with religion, philos-
ophy or science, and with books rather than ephemeral lit-
erature. He seldom deals with simple and popular sub-
jects, and they are not often clear and straightforward.
He may write in partnership, or be instigated in some way
to write. He can take a good education, solid rather than
superficial; has some trouble connected with education,
writings, brothers, short journeys; there is likelihood of
many journeys, and he may be ill while traveling. He is
attracted to drugs, medicine, foods, and may follow some
occupations connected with Virgo, or the sixth house.
Mercury in Capricorn, or the tenth house. The native
will gain prominence or fame for things signified by
Gemini and Virgo. He will be cautious, diplomatic,
subtle and profound. His whole nature is seldom seen
on the surface, and he has great influence over others;
has always a serious side to his character, and with fair
education may incline to serious and profound studies or
mysticism. If afflicted, will show bad temper, secrecy,
cunning, want of candor. Is unfavorable for winning
honors through force of character; may be more clever,
or have better education than his brothers or sisters, ever
keeping an eye on his own personal advancement; may
hold government position, or occupy prominent position
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
313
as manager or agent under the authority of others, and this
will necessitate many short journeys.
Mercury in Aquarius, or the eleventh house; strengthens
the intellect; gives good memory, a strong comprehensive
mind. The native is of fixed opinions, averse to change,
and not easily influenced by others; is original, capable of
hard mental work, and is deserving of a good education;
has many friends and acquaintances among people signi-
fied by Gemini and Virgo, and follows occupations of the
third and sixth houses; may join some society or associa-
tion signified by these signs, or follow one of the cor-
responding occupations, and may change place for some
definite object. Mercury is strong in this sign, the Virgo
influence particularly so. To a slight extent it tends to
the intellectual forms of religion, and to mysticism or
occult subjects, and strengthens the intuition.
Mercury in Pisces, or the twelfth house; the native is
just, magnanimous, good-humored. Affairs signified by
Gemini are likely to suffer through the twelfth influence,
that is, through deceit, treachery and underhanded acts of
his enemies, who are active. There may be trouble of this
nature from servants, subordinates, or employes; or the
native, when occupying such a position himself, may cause
or be accused of causing, these troubles to others. He
has detective and analytical skill, and an inclination for
such work, and can work quietly in his own way; also has
power to discover mysteries or plan them, and may speak,
write and act diplomatically and cautiously. He has tal-
ents for amusements or occupations that give scope for
these tendencies, and he may gain considerable fame and
success, through occupations of Gemini or the third house,
speaking, writing, singing, music, clerical or secretarial
work, etc. So far as the position is concerned he occu-
pies himself with many subjects. There is trouble in
314
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
connection with education, traveling by water, brothers
and sisters. Occupations may be connected with the
twelfth house, but there is some drawback here. He can
work best in partnership; threatens some weakness to
regions governed by Virgo and Pisces.
The colors applied to the tones of the modern diatonic scale and
roots of chords are derived from parts of the prismatic reflections
of the solar spectrum, displayed in relation to planetary vibrations,
under the assumption that the Sun, as the parental center of our
system, absorbs the characteristic reflections of the planets and
transmits them to the earth in the solar light, taking sound and
color as separate entities.
Comets and Their Influences.
We will give you data relating to the Comets of import-
ance in the past, that have exerted an influence upon hu-
manity, and in our next meeting will be ready to take up
the subject of astral colors, and their relation to the vibra-
tions in harmony with each other. In the month of August,
year one thousand one hundred and ninety-three B. C.,
there appeared in Gemini a comet of most dreadful aspeci,
visible throughout Egypt, and immediately followed by
the death of King Amenemas. In the year four hundred
and seventy-nine B. C. a comet was observed by the Gre-
cians, which was crooked like a horn, and lasted twenty-
two days. During this time occurred the sea fight at
Salamis. In the year four hundred and thirty B. C., a
fiery red comet hung over Athens for seventy-five days.
During this time the Peloponnesian War began. In three
hundred and seventy-one B. C. there was a great comet,
like a beam extending over a third of the heavens. This
was at the time of the inundation and earthquake in
Achaia. In three hundred and fifty-six B. C., at the birth
of Alexander, appeared a comet at first bushy and bearded,
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
315
which afterwards took the form of a spear. In one hun-
dred and ninety-four B. C., at the birth of Mithridates,
King of Pontus, a comet was visible of extraordinary size
and splendor. In one hundred and eighty-three B. C., a
comet in Pisces, bright as the Sun, was coincident with the
death of Scipio Africanus, and again at the death of
Cæsar. In the year seventy-one of the Christian era there
appeared a great comet in Virgo, the ruler of Jerusalem.
This comet took the form of a sword directly over that
city. This occurred on Easter Sunday, the eighth of
April. It was visible a whole year, until the taking of
the city by Titus. In the year two hundred and eighteen
a great comet was visible in Pisces eighteen days, during
which time Heliogabalus defeated Macrinus, and became
Emperor of Rome. In three hundred and twenty-three a
comet in Virgo appeared coincident with Constantine's
victory over Licinius, and in three hundred and thirty-
seven another comet in Aries, of terrible grandeur, was
simultaneous with the death of Constantine. In three
hundred and ninety-two a small, bright comet appeared in
the heavens above Rome. The same night Velentinian,
the emperor, was strangled. In four hundred and eight
there was a great comet in Virgo; this lasted four months,
during which time Rome was sacked by the Goths under
Alarac, whose two previous invasions in three hundred and
ninety-six and four hundred and two had been marked by
a sword comet. On the fourteenth of August, four hun-
dred and eighteen, a comet in Libra announced the revolt
of Britain. In four hundred and twenty-three, there was
a terrible comet of the nature of those called Leriniti,
which foretold the war between Rome and the Persians.
In four hundred and fifty-five Rome was sacked by Gen-
seric; at the same time appeared a comet of great magni-
tude. In December, five hundred and thirty-nine, a large
316
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
comet appeared in Sagittarius, which remained about
forty days, during the course of which two hundred and
fifty thousand persons perished by the earthquake at
Antioch. In five hundred and forty-six a comet, in the
shape of a lance, was visible over the city of Constanti-
nople, and during the time it remained, ten thousand per-
sons died daily of the plague. In five hundred and seventy
another comet appeared, coincident with the taking of
Italy by the Lombards. In September of six hundred and
two, a comet, of sword shape, hung over Constantinople,
and the execution of Emperor Maurice followed. In
May, six hundred and four, a bright comet was visible at
Rome, and Gregory the Great died. In six hundred and
thirteen a fiery comet, lasting a month, hovered over Rome
and the Persian War began. In the year eight hundred,
a large, but mild and beneficent comet, was visible with
the transfer of the empire to Charlemagne, and another in
November of eight hundred and fourteen, was immediately
followed by his death. In the year one thousand one hun-
dred and six, a comet was seen in the East, sending beams,
like burning torches and fiery darts. This marked the
beginning of the crusades. In July of one thousand two
hundred and sixty-four, appeared in Taurus a comet of
most signal magnitude. This remained three months,
and disappeared the night Pope Urban the Fourth died.
In June, one thousand four hundred and fifty-six, two
comets, one in Cancer, the other in Leo, marked the sur-
render of Constantinople to the Turks,
We have given some very interesting data, which, when under-
stood from a scientific point of view, show much in harmony with
the truth that signs shall be given through the stars in the heavens.
These seem to affect more in a mundane aspect, than in the vital,
but they are also effective in both, and are the outcome of the effects
of wave vibrations, which reflect themselves.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
317
Astral Vibratory Forces in Color and Sound. "Astro-
Magnetism Pervades the Universe."
Astrology, that is, the external and creative forces,
operating as zodiacal and planetary influences, is the origin
of every art and science known to men, or that ever will
be known. The electric and magnetic vibrations in the
atmosphere, the continuous and gradual change from day
to night, the ebb and flow of the tides, the seasons of the
year and alterations of temperature, times of famine and
plenty, epidemics of sickness and crime, the births and
death of the physical of all organized beings, the vibra-
tions of color and sound, the different stages of life and
destiny in members of the same family, important changes
and discoveries in the progressive sciences,-all are due,
directly or indirectly, to the never ending and varying
ethereal vibratory forces or astro-magnetism which per-
vades the universe, operating according to its prevailing
density and quality upon every atomic part of the earth
and all that exists upon it.
The fact is, there are seven primary orbs in this our
solar system, viz., the Sun, Moon, Mercury, Venus, Jupi-
ter, Mars and Saturn. These assume various scales of
inter-action, according to the plane of manifestation on
which their operations fall, as, for instance, in the seven
ages of man; in the seven primary colors of the prism,
naturally illustrated by the rainbow; in the seven primary
sounds of the musical scale; in the seven characters of
wisdom, and so on. This number of seven is one of great
and mystic influence on human life, and when we stop to
consider the ponderous natural forces at work about us,
from which the activity of this number upon mundane
effects is derived, it is little to be wondered at.
As we
have learned heretofore, the seventh day in acute disease
#
318
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
is considered one of the most critical to the fate of the
patient, and after birth, the seventh hour decides whether
the child will live. In seven days the cord falls off; in
twice seven days the eyes follow a light; in thrice seven
days the child turns the head; seven months give teeth;
in twice seven months it sits firmly; thrice seven months
it begins to talk; and in four times seven months it begins
to walk strongly. After seven years the child comes to
the age of reason, and teeth of second set appear; after
twice seven is the arrival of generative power; in thrice
seven the hair of manhood is completed; in four times
seven, growth ceases; at thirty-five is the greatest strength;
at forty-nine the greatest discretion, and seventy is the
natural length of life.
The peculiar influence of this number has, from the
earliest ages, been attributed to the influx of the seven
primary orbs of the solar system in their electro-mag-
netic actions upon the earth and all that breathes upon its
surface. The seven days of the week are derived from the
same source, and the successful physician selects his reme-
dies according to astral sympathies with the necessities
of his patient. The successful surgeon selects such mo-
ments for performing operations as are in astral sym-
pathy with the life forces of his patients and the nature of
the operation. The successful agriculturist selects times
for preparing the soil or sowing the seed which are in
astral, sympathy with the conditions suitable. So with
the successful navigator; wherever we may turn in the
region of science and art, whether of an exact or pro-
gressive nature, we find a reference, in the origin of re-
quired force and action, to the great celestial machinery.
The painter and musician are in constant touch with the
astral vibrations on which their arts depend for existence.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
319
Heat, light, color and sound are intimately related, all
depending upon vibratory forces for their manifestations.
The vibrations of light, when resolved into colors by the
assistance of a prism, as for instance in the rainbow, pro-
duce seven primary sensations known as prismatic colors,
that is, red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet.
It is the vibration of intensity, or rapidity in the vibrations,
which makes the difference in our sensation of color.
It is enough to know that we are working upon the basis of truth
and wisdom, and may we continue to grow in perfection, one and all.
The most beautiful thing in life is attainment and resemblance to
the divine, and every human being is intended to have a character of
his own, to be what no other is, to do what no other can do. May
we build our character in harmony with the law immortal.
Table Showing Number of Etheric Vibrations on Hu-
man Eye During a Second of Time.
As we learn it is the variation of intensity or rapidity in
the vibrations which makes the great difference in the in-
dividual's sense of color, we will now give you a table,
which will present a better idea of the number of etheric
vibrations which affect the human eye in the brief space
of one second of time. We find, by investigation, that
those individuals whose optic nerves are not suffi-
ciently sensitive to distinguish the difference between
four hundred and fifty-eight billions and seven hun-
dred and twenty-seven billions in the velocity per
second, are known as being color-blind. These will
be found to be the approximate limits of the vibratory
forces, between the extreme red of the lower range and
the extreme violet of the register in the prismatic varia-
320
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
tions; in the color of red, extreme, the vibrations per inch
are thirty-seven thousand six hundred and forty; vibra-
tions per second, four hundred and fifty-eight billions;
medium red, per inch, thirty-nine thousand one hundred
and eighty; per second, four hundred and seventy-seven
billions; the intermediate between red and orange, forty
thousand seven hundred and twenty, per inch; four hun-
dred and ninety-five billions per second; orange, per inch,
forty-one thousand six hundred and ten; per second, five
hundred and six billions; between orange and yellow,
forty-two thousand five hundred and ten, per inch; per
second, five hundred and seventeen billions; yellow, per
inch, forty-four thousand; per second, five hundred and
thirty-five billions; between yellow and green, forty-five
thousand six hundred, per inch; per second, five hundred
and fifty-five billions; green, per inch, forty-seven thou-
sand four hundred and sixty; per second, five hundred and
seventy-seven billions; between green and blue, forty-nine
thousand three hundred and twenty, per inch; per second,
six hundred billions; blue, fifty-one thousand one hun-
dred and ten, per inch; per second, six hundred and twen-
ty-two billions; between blue and indigo, fifty-two thou-
sand nine hundred and ten-per inch; per second, six hun-
dred and forty-four billions; indigo, fifty-four thousand
and seventy, per inch; per second, six hundred and fifty-
cight billions; between indigo and violet, fifty-five thou-
sand two hundred and forty, per inch; per second, six hun-
dred and seventy-two billions; violet, per inch, fifty-seven
thousand four hundred and ninety; per second, six hun-
dred and ninety-nine billions; extreme violet, per inch,
fifty-nine thousand seven hundred and fifty; per second,
seven hundred and twenty-seven billions.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
321
Heat, light and color produce their sensations through
the etheric vibrations, and sound through atmospheric vi-
brations, each bearing some affinity or relation, one with
the other, and with the seven primary celestial orbs,
assuming different scales of manifestation according to
the plane of operation, differing in degree of potency,
character and quality, according to the mental or physical
state, acting through the mental nervous system of the
human frame upon the organic functions. Red is found
to operate as an excitant or stimulant, answering to the
material influx. A familiar instance of the influence is
the effect of this color on animals of the bovine species.
Orange is found to act as a tonic answering to the solar
ray. Yellow acts as a laxative or aperient, and corre-
sponds to the Venus ray. Green is a passive or mediating
influence forming a link to go between and answers to the
lunar rays.
Color Rays Represent a Chromatic Progression of the
Musical Scale. Musical Classification.
Blue is decidedly sedative, soothing and melancholy in
quality, answering to the cooling, meditative Saturnine ray.
Indigo and purple are the royal colors, suggesting majesty
and justice, which answers to the Jupiter ray. Violet is a
sensitive, delicate hue, resulting from the highest vibra-
tions of the color rays, and corresponds to the mental ray,
Mercury. Like the seven primary tones the rays represent
a chromatic progression, as orange intermediate, yellow in-
termediate, or C, C sharp, D, D sharp, etc. Nowhere is this
planetary color and tone sympathy better represented than
by the influence of sound, considered in relation to the
arrangement of tones as used in the illustration of musical
322
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
art, and it proves itself clearly in the inevitable connection
of color and sound with the planetary rays in manifesta-
tion, which we may more clearly demonstrate in the follow-
ing manner : the musical scale, consisting of the seven prim-
ary tones used in modern composition, is an artificial ar-
rangement, which has undergone various modifications
during past years in the development of this sublime art.
As given by nature, the succession of tones constitutes
what is known as the scale of harmonics, or harmonic
chord in the following order: For instance, in the bass
cleff, taking C as the generator or root, using the three
notes C, C, G, in order; then in the treble cleff, place in the
staff G with CA G B flat, C, D, E, F, G, A. In this
natural series of sounds, which is the same as produced
by any sonorous tube, string, bell, or other tone-producing
article, giving the note C, as a foundation or open note,
there is one sound of the artificial scale missing, that is B
natural; a tube or string giving C as a generating or open
tone, will always produce B flat amongst its harmonics, but
never B natural; which indicates that, though generated on
C, the tones as a whole are in the key of F, where the B flat
finds an important place. Then in order to generate a
series of sounds which proclaim the key of C, we must
take the note G as a root instead of C. Thus in bass cleff
G, G treble cleff D, G, B, D, F, G, A, B, C, D, E.
In this series, though founded upon the root G, the com-
binations of tone are unmistakably in the key of C. The
order of notation in your modern diatonic scale, say of C
major, is therefore an artificial arrangement of the fore-
going sounds, according to certain rules of art. The root
or generator of a series of these natural harmonic tones is
called the dominant of the key, and is the fifth note of the
artificial ascending scale. The note G therefore, on which
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
323
the preceding series of harmonics is founded, is the dom-
inant and fifth note of the ascending scale of C in your
modern notation. We use this illustration as it answers the
purpose best. This key, the dominant is the martial sound,
red in color, and dominating in force over all others. It
serves to bind the relation of all the rest to the tonic or key
note of the scale. The peculiar characteristics, quality and
effect upon the sense of certain notes in the scale, at once
suggest their planetary and color sympathies.
The first of the scale key-note, or tonic on which the
scale is built, is the representative tone of the Sun, and
suggests the solar orange ray of light. The second of the
scale, or supertonic, has a peculiar quality of romantic sen-
timent, having an affinity, by attraction, with the fifth of
the scale, that is, the martial note, and a contrast of
quality with the fourth of the scale, as will be shown later.
The second of the scale represents Venus ray, or yellow;
the third of the scale, or mediant, belongs to the green
lunar ray; the fourth of the scale or subdominant is the
most majestic note of the series, and gives the royal pur-
ple or indigo ray of Jupiter. The fifth of the scale, or
dominant, is already described as the red, martial tone;
the sixth of the scale, or sub-mediant, is the most weird,
melancholy tone of the series, the cold blue of the Saturn-
ine ray; the seventh of the scale, sensitive note, leading
note by its evident mental impression, associates itself as
the highest vibration, the Mercurial violet ray.
It is evident that personalities cannot dream themselves into a
character. They must hammer and forge themselves into one. The
greatest error on the part of humanity in general is the supposition
that other men's opinions are to make them happy. Enthusiasm is
the genius of sincerity, and no victories are accomplished without a
vein of this quality.
324
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Provings of the Musical Classification.
We will now proceed to find the provings of this classi-
fication. We will refer the tones to their successive order,
as usual in modern art, taking as an illustration the dia-
tonic scale of C major, which employs the natural tones
within the space of an octave. Thus beginning with Cas
the root, we have to arrange Sun, D, yellow; Venus, E,
green; Moon, F, purple; Jupiter, G, red; Mars, A, blue;
Saturn, B, violet; Mercury. Here we find the first key-
note C, represented by the Sun and orange ray, is here
linked by contrast with the sixth or Saturnine note A, the
blue ray, which in musical parlance is termed relative
minor key. It represents an opposition of tonality in
quality and in color, as orange and blue are known as
complementaries or contrasts. The first, or solar tone,
forms the foundation of the key, the top and bottom of the
scale octave, from which the other tones evolve. It is
bright, warm and genial in character, like the sunshine of
spring-time tonic and reviving like its color ray, orange,
while its contrasting note A, is melancholy and cold as its
color, blue.
The second or supertonic D, is linked in a similar man-
ner with the fourth or sub-dominant F, and these are con-
trasted notes in musical art, while their respective colors,
yellow and purple, are also known as contrasts or com-
plementaries. It is the Venus tone of highly romantic and
beautiful quality, and is strangely attracted towards the
fifth, or red martial note, so much so that it is sometimes
called the predominant, because when used as the bass of
a fundamental chord, it seems drawn to the Mars tone, and
in this form is used in constructing the concluding har-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
325
monics of a musical phrase. Venus being the natural syin-
bol of love, repose and the feminine nature, and Mars
being the symbol of force and the masculine nature, so in
musical art, which acts upon the sentiments by the sym-
bolic nature of sounds, the Venus impulse leads to repose
and perfection, through the martial dominant to the solar
tonic, bringing a state of perfect rest.
The third of the scale, or mediant E, is the lunar or
green tone, and forms a powerful contrast with the fifth
or Mars note G, and these give complementary tones and
colors, green and red. This green mediating note, E, has
a sympathetic affinity with A, the blue Saturnine note.
The name of mediant, by which this note is called, is quite
significant, for not only is its color green, a powerful me-
diant in nature, but the satellite under whose influence it
falls, bears also the same character in the great planetary
scale. It lies exactly midway between the orange key note
or tonic and the red dominant, supplying, in this position,
the true primary elements of color, which are not found in
red, that is, blue and yellow mixed.
The fourth of the scale, subdominant, the Jupiter tone,
and Jupiter or indigo ray, is the most majestic and royal
note of the series. A simple chord formed upon this tone,
is used to give an expression of awe and grandeur, as for
instance in the Amen of the old church music. Its effect
is unmistakable, and it at once suggests something great,
awe-inspiring, just and impressive. This purple symbol
contrasts in influence with the Venus or yellow tone, it
being complementary in sound, as well as in color.
The fifth of the scale, dominant or red, martial tone, is
the most forcible and flaring sound in the scale, from which
fact it derives its name. It forms the chief trumpet note
in military music, and in every sense, bears out its domin-
326
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
ating, martial character. It has affinity with the orange or
key note, and a powerful contrast with the lunar mediant
or green tone.
If a man conquer a thousand times a thousand men, and another
conquer himself, the latter is the greater of the two. Think, for a
moment, of some forest giant; note its massive, gnarled stem, its
labyrinth of branches and its graceful foliage. This is the form-
sheathing a living entity, whose astral shape, clear-seeing eyes
can view in all its beauty. May we rise in harmony with the highest
vibrations.
Color and Tone Scales.
Planetary Action.
Color Rays Connected With
When it is desired to proclaim a new key, or to establish
a firm tonal effect, this martial red tone is used for that
purpose; therefore when modulating from one key to an-
other, the dominant or martial tone of the new key is em-
ployed to announce it, and herald it into prominence.
>
The sixth of the scale, the sub-mediant or Saturnine,
blue ray, is sad and melancholy in character, exciting medi-
tation and memory of the past. It has a strong affinity
with the lunar green tone, and a powerful contrasting
effect with the tonic orange tone, as chords founded upon
these notes will demonstrate.
The seventh of the scale, leading note or sensitive note,
the mercurial or violet tone, forms the highest of the series.
It has no special affinity or contrast with the others, except-
ing the tonic or solar tone, into which as the messenger, it
leads the others; hence its name of leading tone or note.
When allied with the purple or indigo note it sets up a pecu-
liar mental impression of keen anticipation, which demands.
that the violet should become absorbed into the orange, and
the purple into the green. This has a very significant appli-
cation in relation to astral philosophy, for Jupiter and
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
327
Mercury, purple and violet, when well connected, sym-
bolize the highest grade of justice and intellect, worthy of
being received by the monarchs of the heavens, the Sun
who rules by day, the material king of glory, holding the
supreme position; and the Moon who rules by night, the
material queen, holding sway, and the mediator with the
great lord of day.
As before observed, there are other arrangements of
color and tone scales, bearing on different lines or planes
of action, physical and mental, where the planetary colors
become modified, and more or less altered by the retarda-
tion or acceleration of the vibratory action in different
spheres. In the old magical ceremonies, the colors or
planetary vibrating rays are at considerable variance with
what has been noted regarding these influences on modern
music and medical art. In the occult sphere of the ancient
ceremonies connected with magical rites, the colors are
Sun, deep yellow, or orange gold; the Moon, white, silver;
Mercury, light purple, violet, quicksilver; Venus, green,
copper; Mars, red, iron; Jupiter, blue, tin; Saturn, black,
lead.
In this scale of application, the change of Zodiacal influx
has no doubt much influence. For instance, Venus would
give the green when associated with the earth sign Taurus,
which is the exaltation of the moon, whereas the yellow,
Venus color, is connected with her Libra nature in the
action upon the human excretory system, and the artistic
qualities of the sign Libra. Saturn's black ray is asso-
ciated with his earthly night house, Capricorn, and his
cool and sedative blue ray with the airy waterman,
Aquarius. In like manner, Jupiter's blue ray would be
connected with the water sign Pisces, and the purple ray
328
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
from Sagittarius, yet this blue would partake more of the
indigo ray than Saturn's Aquarius blue. The Moon's
white ray is her own silvery sheen, but when treated in
connection with a complete planetary scale, the Sun be--
comes the great master, and the transmitter of the com-
bined planetary rays, which, as a sum total, are white,
until separated by partial absorption, reflection or refrac-
tion. Since the olden days of astrological research the
planets Uranus and Neptune have been discovered and re-
discovered, and observation and experience associate them.
with certain mixed tints.
The following table gives the various color rays con-
nected with the planetary action on different planes of
manifestation: the Sun, orange, gold and yellow or brown;
the Moon, green, white, pearly tints, and bright, sparkling
hues; Mercury, violet, light purple, grey and mixed colors,
which partake of the three primaries, red, blue and yellow;
Venus, yellow, pale green and pale delicate hues; Mars,
dark red, scarlet, fiery colors; Jupiter, dark purple, indigo-
blue; Saturn, sky blue, black and dark brown; Uranus,
streaky mixed colors, fluid, uncommon, eccentric com-
binations; Neptune, whitish, luminous blue, yellowish
green, novel ethereal tints, sometimes reverses to dark-
ness.
Let us now compare this tree to our greater life, the life of one's
immortal ego, and the leaves to the lesser expressions, the lives of
our successive expressions by which the ego manifests itself. In the
early spring the tree bursts into leaf; after the leaf the flower, and
finally the fruit. As the parts of the flower and fruit are but mod-
ified leaves, we may speak of the foliage leaves, the flower leaves and
the fruit leaves.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
329
BLUE!
A
BLUE
GREEN
GREEN.
E
YELLOW
GREEN.
10
9
8
12
BLUE
PURPLE.
/ST
2
3
4
PURPLE
B
VIOLET
RED
RED.
ગ
D
YELLOW.
7
6
YELLOW
CORANGE
RED
ORANGE.
VIBRATIONS OF COLOR RAYS.
ORANGE
330
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
The Union of Colors and Planetary Rays With a Scale
of Harmonics, Produces a Wonderful Symbolism
of Human Progress.
As indicated in the musical scale and medicinal influ-
ences, we find the relation of color with the planetary
influx proving itself by natural association of character
and erudition; and that is not all, for herein the great voice
of nature speaks again. If we associate these colors and
planetary rays with the sounds, as naturally produced
in the scale of harmonics, there is presented to us for con-
templation a wonderful symbolism of human progress
through the long vista of time, and of evolution from the
lowest grade of savage life to the highest conception of
wisdom and intellectual attainment.
Thus arrange a scale G as the generator, followed by
G in the bass cleff; in the treble cleff beginning with D
Venus, then G, B, D, F, G, A, B, C, D, E. First we
have the very lowest elementary manifestation of animal
force and life in the martial ray. This becomes accen-
tuated by another and more active vibration of the red
ray, giving increase of the martial tone and lower instincts,
before the first dawn of love, as also greed, self preserva-
tion and combative propensities in their earliest stages;
a mere gratification of the physical appetites.
After this comes the first Venus ray, ushering in the
dawn of the earliest development of the love instinct.
This brings the joint influence of the two nearest planets,
Mars and Venus, into combined action on their lowest
planes of manifestation. The crude savage is only dom-
inated by these two approximate planets, the male and
female propensities, red and yellow. Then comes
another flash of the red martial ray, on a still higher and
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
331
more active plane, though still of a low and undeveloped
type, without the knowledge of good and evil, not being
developed beyond a mere sense of personal like or dislike.
After this is suggested the first dawn of knowledge and
mental expression from the Mercurial ray, bringing the
mind into action with expression of thought, memory and
sense of good and evil. Then follows a higher grade of the
instinct of love, increased purity of intention, as shown by
the succession of the Venus tone on a more exalted plane.
Then follows, as a consequence, the first Jupiter tone,
signifying the acquirement of a higher sense of veneration
and justice. The outcome is better elements of knowledge
and expansion of intellect, combined with increase of
purity and discretion in the love sentiments.
After this follows the highest unfolding of the red,
martial tone, bringing nobility of character and adjust-
ment of better conditions in warfare, combined with skill
in weapons, knowledge, justice and the extension of man-
ufacturing and trading facilities.
This is succeeded by the blue Saturnine note, which, as
a consequence of all the foregoing, leads to a development
of the meditative and higher reflective and religious pro-
pensities, with regret for the past misdeeds and with con-
templation of the infinite, thus completing the first round
of the mental faculties.
This is followed by the highest grade of human knowl-
edge in the last projection of the mercurial ray, in its
most exalted sphere, bringing to light the greatest per-
fections in human mentality on the physical plane, noble
and scientific inventions, altogether beyond all former
attempts, marvellous mechanisms and increased intercom-
munication between nations, bringing the whole race of
mankind face to face with interchange of thought between
nation and nation.
332
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Then comes the great solar tonic or orange tone, show-
ing the spread of spirituality and perfection of the mental
attributes, from the physical towards the development of
the soul and the psychic plane.
This finally is succeeded by the most exalted vibrations
of the Venus ray, the perfection of all that had gone be-
fore, the acme of wisdom spirituality and true divinity
of love. This meets the last emanation of human, phys-
ical, mental evolutionary stage in the lunar green ray,
which lies between mortality and immortality as the me-
diating link, the perfection of the human soul, the fruitful
green of peace, good will and plenty, the mediator be-
tween the known and the vast unknown.
The tree elaborates the material growth within the cells of the
leaf. Thus the tree, by means of its leaves, comes in touch with the
external world, and laying hold upon these forces moulds them into
itself. Similarly the human ego puts forth its foliage of earth
expression or leaves, and builds by means of these, its spiritual body,
its character and personality.
Effects Obtained. Spherical Prismatic Rays.
Having traced easily demonstrable analogy between the
planetary vibrations and those of color and sound, we may
also collect the effects obtained, and find them in accord-
ance with observations of investigation upon different
lines.
For instance, we will give you a table showing the com-
bined results: Sound of C or Do, planet the Sun, color
orange, the mental effect being firmness, solidity; second
sound De or Re, planet Venus, color yellow, mental effect,
romantic, amorous, picturesque; third, E or Mi, the Moon,
color green, mental effect, uncertain, transient, change-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
333
able; fourth, F or Fa, planet Jupiter, color purple, effect,
serious, majestic, dignified; fifth, G or Sol, planet Mars,
color red, mental effect, moving, juvenile, martial; sixth,
A or La, planet Saturn, color blue, effect sorrowful, medi-
tative; seventh, B or Se, planet Mercury, color violet, men-
tal effect, restless, sensitive.
The colors applied to the tones of the modern diatonic
scale and roots of the chords are derived from parts of the
prismatic reflections of the solar spectrum, displayed in
relation to the planetary vibration, under the assumption
that the Sun, as the parental centre of our system, absorbs
the characteristic reflections of the planets, and transmits
their tout ensemble to the earth in the solar light. If we
take sound or color as separate entities, we can only con-
sider them as gradual gradations of vibrations from the
lowest or slowest up to the highest or quickest, without
any actual division; a sliding scale, so to speak, without
stop or break, a progressive blending. The white solar
light represents the totality and unity of color from which
all gradations are derived. The tone of a deep sounding
bell gives a representation of the totality and unity of
sound, embodying, as it does, the entire series of har-
monic tones generated by its fundamental note.
An extensive field for study and reflection is presented,
if we project the prismatic rays spherically. For instance,
draw a chart; upon the first house or ascendant, place the
colors, blue and purple; on the second, purple; third, violet,
red; fourth, red; fifth, red, orange; eighth, yellow; ninth,
yellow, green; tenth, green; eleventh, blue, green; twelfth,
blue. Here we have the whole gradation of the prism, sub-
dividing itself into twelve natural points, natural in so far
as they agree with well-known recognized projections.
These coincide with the twelve semitones of the octaves in
music, with the twelve houses of the bi-hourly divisions of
334
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
the heavens, the twelve signs of the Zodiac, the twelve med-
icinal properties of which we will speak later, the twelve di-
visions of the animal body, the twelve months of the year,
etc. The red is the generator of the series, the same as in
music, and forms the lower point of the primary triangle,
whose three points give the three primary colors, red, blue
and yellow, as you can demonstrate clearly by drawing a
figure, an inverted triangle resting upon the fourth cardinal
points red, and another upright triangle, the point touching
the tenth house, the green. The three primary colors repre-
sent the three primary creative forces in nature, answering
symbolically to the first three ages of creation in this wise:
Red, the generator, base of parental or meridian line, typ-
ical of the first martial activity and impulse, heat, light,
motion, succeeding the elementary darkness, Aries and
Scorpio. The account of the creation of the earth is
based upon this truth, as given in the Bible. This we will
explain fully later on. Our endeavor is to make plain the
divine law of life.
In the advanced ages, found among the ranks of astrologers,
theosophists, esoterics, occultists and generators of spiritual or
revealers of hidden or concealed thought in any direction, the two
far away denizens of our solar system, Uranus and Neptune, will,
I feel assured, be found to dominate the respective Zodiacal signs
Aquarius and Pisces.
Astrological Interpretation of Genesis in the Bible. Voice
is the Creator of Form.
We read in Genesis, "And the Spirit of God moved upon
the face of the waters (Scorpio), and God said, Let there
be light (Aries), etc." This is the first day or period. Then
comes the blue, typical of Saturn's coldness and contractile
influence, water, air, space, cold earth (Capricorn and
Aquarius). Reading further, "And God said, Let there
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
335
be a firmament in the midst of the waters, and God made
the firmament and divided the waters which were under
the firmament (Capricorn) from the waters which were
above the firmament (Aquarius), etc." This equals the
second day or period.
Then comes the Yellow, typical of Venus, in conjugal
attraction and fruitful stimulation, Taurus and Libra.
"And God said, Let the earth (Taurus) bring forth grass,
the herb bearing seed and the fruit tree yielding fruit
(Libra), etc." This is the third day or period. Speech
is the outcome of motion and vibration. The first vibra-
tion of sound is the voice of the parents. Voice is also
well known to be a creator of form, as illustrated in the
geometric and beautiful forms generated in any diffusive
material, fine sand, lycopodium, etc., by tones of the hu-
man voice. The phrase employed, "And God said," i̇s
therefore fitly symbolic of creative vibrations upon matter.
On referring once again to the diagram, it will be noted
that the polar, or opposite point to the red, gives its com-
plementary green. This forms the apex of another tri-
angle giving the three secondary colors, green, purple and
orange, answering the following three days or periods of
creation, being the natural outcome of, and sequence to,
the three primaries; thus green, typical of lunar mediating
ray, and its measuring influence, potent in the terrestrial
seasonal phenomena and tidal conditions, from day to day
throughout each season and year. This is signified by
Cancer. "And God said, Let there be lights in the firma-
ment of the heavens to divide the day from the night, and
let them be for signs and seasons and for days and years,
This constitutes the fourth day or period.
etc.
Next comes the purple ray, typical of Jupiter dominion
in relation to his signs, Sagittarius, the flying arrow, and
Pisces, the fish. "And God said, Let the waters bring
336
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
forth abundantly, the moving creature that hath life
(Pisces) and the fowl that may fly above the earth,” etc.
This is the fifth day or period.
Then comes the sixth, or orange ray, typical of the
grand soul, or solar efflux, as the universal vital spark and
sustainer of animal life (Leo). And God said, "Let the
earth bring forth the living creature after his kind, cattle
and creeping things and beasts of the earth, and God
created man,” etc. This is the sixth day or period.
Thus far we treat of the six points of force which form
the two great triangles, primary and secondary, though
much remains which might be said of them. These
answer to the six leading tints of the prism, and the six
principal tones of the diatonic scale, which, like the creative
principles or series, is divided into two sets of three each.
Thus, Do Ra Me constitute the first series; Fa Sol La the
second series, while the seventh note, like the seventh color,
forms a mental link, to bind the first six to a new series.
This is the violet red of the spectrum, the mercurial tone
in the music scale, the tree of knowledge in the evolution
of the mind. It will be noted from the diagram of color,
considered horoscopically, that this mecurial color, violet
red, falls on the cusp of the third house, and forms the
leading note to a new propulsive series of six, which like
the former six are mutually in sextile and trine aspects.
This new series, beginning with the violet red, is naturally
linked with the blue purple, the green blue, the yellow
green, the yellow orange, and the red orange; that is,
the Ascendant, eleventh house, ninth house, seventh house
and fifth house.
In following the text closely we see the wisdom contained therein,
though it may appear as visionary matter to a casual reader; but
to the earnest student of the finer forces in nature and occult philos-
ophy, it will bring a conviction of the great truths to be revealed;
at least let those disprove it who can.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
337
Effect of Astral Forces is Felt by Musicians and Artists;
Their Relation to the Navigator, Physician and
Surgeon.
We wish to add that the first six sounds are distinctly
connected with the generative or meridian line; the second
six with the generated or horizon line.
The diatonic scale of modern musical art does not fol-
low in natural succession the same order as the prismatic
indications by color, because it is purely artificial as an
arrangement of tone, and liable to variation, with change
of custom and theory; but if the six tones are arranged,
which agree with the six colors, as in the order of the
creative series, that is, primaries followed by the three
secondaries, it produces two figures of sound in the form
of an inverted half triangle, which corresponds with the
two triangles of the color projection; thus, G, A, D and E,
F, C.
Then again, each color ray may be subdivided from one
to the next, by six gradations of tint, answering exactly to
the divisions into six faces, of each of the twelve Zodiacal
signs. You can understand this better by dividing each
house of the diagram of colors into six equal parts. Thus
we see how the planetary vibrations have their correspond-
ences in the planes of color and sound, thus bringing the
painter and musician into direct communication with the
astral forces through the medium of their respective arts.
The demonstrations serve as well to indicate how closely
related is the poetry of color to the poetry of sound.
Indeed, it is rare to find an individual with a fine musi-
cal perception who is deficient in the sense and sym-
pathy of color, and vice versa.
It is not necessary to go into detail as to the relation of
the heavens to the practical art of navigation, for it is
:
338
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
generally known to what extent the navigator is indebted
to the influence of the stars for the successful issue of his
voyaging over the face of the waters, not only with regard
to astronomical observations, taken to gain the knowledge
of his whereabouts on the ocean, but also in connection
with the nature of the weather, the tempests, calms and
atmospheric changes to which he is subjected; how signs
in the heavens tell of impending storms or favorable winds;
how certain seasons, connected always with the solar-
lunar influence and positions, indicate with certainty the
prevalance of equinoctial gales, variation in the tides, etc.
To the physician and surgeon the celestial influences are
no less potent, though, it is true, only regarded at this
time by a very small portion of those who practice the
healing art, so that medical art is reduced to a mere prac-
tice of chance. The lamentable lack of progress during
several centuries is due to this neglect of natural first prin-
ciples, for though the knowledge of materia medica,
hygiene and surgery has been greatly extended, and new
remedial agents are continually being discovered, the prin-
ciples of treatment, involving their application to the cure
of the sick, remain empirical and unsatisfactory, and in
modern times as well as in past centuries it has been diffi-
cult, yes impossible, to find any rational principle for a
physician's treatment of a case. It is, in fine, guesswork,
though it would not do to acknowledge this. His appli-
cation of remedies is like throwing mud against the wall.
Of course, some would stick. In fact, medicine is a sci-
ence founded upon conjecture and experiments, in which
many souls are forced to leave their earthly temple. Many
medical men have, during the present century, expressed
themselves in similar terms regarding their art, which
clearly indicates that the compass has been lost, and they
are on the wrong path, without clear first principles on
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
339
which to base and build up a truly scientific practice, from
which to derive uniformly successful treatment under
uniform conditions. Now where is the compass? To
what period must we turn in order to regain the lost path
which leads to truth? It is in this search that gifted and
thoughtful men, impressed with the errors of old physic,
have fled from its schools.
We are truly in the path of wisdom, and while we cannot hope
to gain all, we can at least catch a glimpse of infinite truth that will
better prepare us for the unfoldment of self, and serve to call our
attention to the needs of the hour, in the evolution of principles
necessary to happiness of our brother and sister humanity. We
trust we shall be able to make the path to truth plain to all, and know
the efficacy of thought concentration. Let us continue to give our
thoughts for good.
CHAPTER XV.
Zodiacal Signs; Disease and Remedy; Knowledge of As-
trology Necessary to a Physician.
We find by investigation, there are many different sys-
tems of medicine all containing some elements of truth,
competing one against the other.
Hippocrates, who lived in the mortal between three and
four centuries prior to the Christian era, and who has been
justly named the father of medicine, declared that a physi-
cian cannot safely administer physic if he be unacquainted
with astrology; which means simply that in the absence
of natural first principles for guidance, the application of
remedies, however good they may be, will prove all guess-
work. Advanced students in astro-philosophy and occult
science learn that nature never contradicts upon one plane
what she asserts upon another plane; therefore if we fol-
low the cue to medical practice, as given by its father Hip-
pocrates, we may discover the compass which will guide
to the path of truth. In the meantime, let no foolish preju-
dice stand in the way as a stumbling block to an effective
medical art. There is no doubt that some errors inter-
blended with the ancient rules of astral science, but this
must not warrant the neglect of so sublime a subject by
modern scientists, who seem to labor under a prevailing
notion that somebody has exploded astrology somewhere,
though nobody knows who, where or when.
Whether followed or not, the fundamental truths of
Ancient Astrology remain unshaken, and are made mani-
340
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
341
fest by every natural event in each individual's daily ex-
perience. Does anyone doubt the effect of color upon the
human organism? Is it not proved that vibrations of
color set up sensations and corresponding thrills in the
system, which become associated either with favorable
or unfavorable results, and are not these same results
amenable to definite law? Can anyone doubt the effect
of sound upon the human organism? The celestial vibra-
tions which are the root of all natural sciences teach the
only rationale of the medical treatment. We are shown
that man is but a fragment or chip of the great universe
from which he is evolved. He is a type of the universe to
which he belongs, and as the Sun is the vital centre whose
forces radiate and are propelled to all the planetary orbs
which form the organs and members of the solar system,
replenishing vitality, light, heat, motion, nourishment and
every requisite of life, so in man the Heart is typical of the
Sun or vital centre, whose forces radiate outwardly to
all the organs and members of the body, constantly re-
plenishing vitality, nourishment, heat and all the neces-
saries of life. The twelve primary divisions of the great
circle of the Zodiac, whence you derive the source of phys-
ical life, are found to correspond with the twelve primary
divisions of the physical animal frame, while actual ex-
perience shows and proves an absolute affinity between
one and the other.
The classification is of ancient origin: Aries, the head
and face; Taurus, the neck and throat, etc., as we have
given you heretofore. Then there are seven primary or
vital organs or parts in the solar system, and likewise seven
primary vital organs or parts known in the human system.
The Sun governs the heart, the Moon the stomach, Mer-y
cury the brain, Venus the kidneys, Mars the liver, Jupiter
the lungs, Saturn the spleen. The affinity existing be-
342
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
tween medicinal properties and the celestial influx is
equally definable. There are twelve primary forces eman-
ating from polarities within the Zodiacal circle through
which the planetary bodies have their cause of action; so
also there are twelve primary medicinal properties from
which medicants derive their range of action as follows:
Aries gives a stimulating, exciting action; Taurus a
demulcent, lubricating action; Gemini a strengthening,
tonic action; Cancer, emetic, inducing vomiting; Leo,
suroric, promoting sweat; Virgo, astringent, binding, dry-
ing; Libra, alterative, changing condition; Scorpio, purga-
tive, aperient; Sagittarius, healing; Capricorn, sedative,
soothing irritation; Aquarius, refrigerant, cooling; Pisces,
diuretic, inducing flow of urine.
The seven primary planets are all more or less visible to the human
eye unaided by artificial means, while Urania and Neptune are tele-
scopic orbs whose influence seems to unite with the other planets
but have more influence upon the mental plane. We shall gain the
key to unlock the door to wisdom's domain and relieve poor
humanity.
Relation of Celestial Signs to Medicinal Properties. The
Moon's Influence.
We named the relation of the twelve celestial signs to the
twelve medicinal properties, and as there are seven primary
orbs in the solar system, considered in relation to the
earth, so there are seven primary principles of medication
considered in relation to the body. In this wise the Moon
gives contraction; Mercury, neutralization; Venus, sooth-
ing; the Sun, relaxation, expansion; Mars, stimulation;
Jupiter, nutriment; Saturn, fasting. One or more of these
indications must be followed in the treatment of every form
of disease.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
343
One of the most noticeable evidences of the influence of
the celestial vibrations on the severity and duration of dis-
ease in the individual is shown by the nature of the critical
days which attend every acute attack, and their undoubted
relation with the lunar position. We have spoken in a pre-
vious writing of critical days caused by the angles which
the Moon forms to its own place in the beginning of the
attack, that is the seventh, fourteenth and twenty-first
days; not because there is any virtue in the number of
days; more especially is the effect noticeable when one of
the malefics also applies in evil angles. During the lunar
period there are no less than eight critical points, but the
exact day of some varies slightly, according as the Moon
may be swift or slow in her Zodiacal motion; and this fact
shows the potency to lie in the vibration. The Moon's
influence in this capacity has received the attention of
thinkers in all ages, and is quite above the possibility of
mere superstition. We speak more especially of the lunar
influence for the reason that it is the most important of
all in diagnosing and following the various cases of sick-
ness.
Success in the art of healing must rest in a great measure
upon a clear recognition of the solar, lunar forces, and
positive and negative, propulsion and attraction, expiration
and inspiration, efflux and influx. These are connected
with periodic alternations which are always proceeding,
and which involve the laws of periodicity, affecting all
manifestations of life. The solar force represents the pos-
itive and propulsive; the lunar force represents the nega-
tive and reflux powers, while the Zodiac is the great zone
from whose polarities both solar and lunar forces emanate
in producing terrestrial phenomena, modified by their
inter-planetary relations. In order to achieve uniform
success in eliminating disease and expelling morbific mat-
ter from the human system, it is necessary to have an un-
344
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
derstanding of the positive and negative polarities in the
three great circles which affect human life; that is, the
daily, mundane or twenty-four hour circle, from which the
ordinary daily habits and events arise, due to the solar lunar
position; the lunar or monthly circle, from which vital
changes and the majority of abnormal manifestations arise,
due to the lunar action; and the solar or yearly circle from
which, the major season, all food supplies and vital changes
arise, due entirely to the solar action.
Each of these circles contains polarities with an equal
number of alternating positive and negative points. The
positive influences, acting at definable periods of time upon
the human system, give rise to a dominance in the expul-
sive or outward radiating forces, and at these periods only
is medication successful in the elimination of disease.
Medicines administered during the negative or contractile
periods are more apt to carry the disease inward, and bring
about unfavorable conditions. It is owing to these peri-
odicities that a certain medicant will at one time act with
its full power, and display its accredited virtues, while at
another time even upon the same individual and under
apparently similar conditions in other respects, it fails to
act, or ofttimes displays what appears to be contrary prop-
erties.
Researches have led us to recognize the principle of planetary law
and declare the truth of the ancient teaching, for as it has been truly
said, man is subject like other material objects to that mysterious
law which causes certain normal processes to follow lunar periods.
Zodiacal Signs are the Chief Rulers in the Physical Con-
stitution.
We will continue our subject of the physical health. In
previous pages we have followed the workings of the
human system and those organs controlled by the
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
345
twelve different signs and planets. When taking the
twelve signs of the Zodiac at ease and rest, this forms a
perfect belt or ring of harmony. Then each degree is sing-
ing its own musical note in perfect rhythm with the other
three hundred and fifty-nine out of the three hundred and
sixty, and with proper attention to the physical virtues, the
whole of which come under the main heading of parity,
there is no reason why each molecule and atom should not
perform its work in ease and comfort.
In making a study of the physical body astrologically,
we must study the signs as a primary consideration, leav-
ing the study of the planets until a later period, although
they also form an important part in the physical constitu-
tion. Let us first examine the Signs and consider them
as chief rulers over the atoms and molecules. It is obvious
that the Ascendant will be the chief and central point of
the twelve signs which we must consider in each individual
case, as the Eastern Angle is the most important point in
all matters connected with the personality, and has
more to do with the life and health and all mat-
ters connected directly with the body than any other
part of the nativity. The Rising Degree may be looked
upon as semi-vital in a secondary sense, only in connection
with the part of the body which it rules. The signs are
the form, the planets ruling the life; therefore that part of
the circle rising will indicate the strength or weakness of
the part represented by that sign.
The twelve divisions apart from the signs have been
found to correspond with the nature of the signs in their
rule over the body. They are, as it were, the ground plans
into which the signs come to make shape and form. This
is why the first house always represents the head and face
irrespective of, or rather in addition to, the sign that may
happen to be on the cusp of that house
346
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
In the following table you will receive a close approxi-
mation to the rule of signs and houses over the body:
Sign Aries rules over system, hair and teeth, the first
house, also the head and face. Second house, Taurus rules
part of the system, the pharynx and tonsils, part of the
frame, neck and throat; Third house, sign Gemini, part of
system, lungs; part of frame, arms and shoulders; Fourth
house, sign Cancer, part of system, stomach, part of frame,
chest and breast; Fifth house, sign Leo, physical heart and
spine and back; Sixth house, sign Virgo, solar plexus and
the bowels; Seventh house, sign Libra, ovaries and kid-
neys and groin; Eighth house and sign Scorpio, the gen-
erative system, part of frame, sex organs; Ninth house
and sign Sagittarius, the arteries and thighs; Tenth house,
sign Capricorn, the skin and knees; Eleventh house and
sign Aquarius, blood and ankles; Twelfth house and sign
Pisces, the toes and feet.
Disease is created through the want of rest and har-
mony in the system. Ill-health is produced by a disturb-
ance in the atoms and molecules caused by neglect or by
the emotions or mental condition. Much of the ordinary
physical ailments may be corrected by a little common
knowledge. A regular cleaning of the body will take out
of the system and free the body from the clogging which
it gets daily from the magnetic emanations and unclean
surroundings more or less. Then again, a little care with
regard to the diet will prevent the body suffering from the
foods which do not agree with the system.
Persons with many planets in airy and fiery signs do not
require any flesh diet, and to them it must be always more
or less injurious, though it is not wise to attempt to change
suddenly the mode of living from that to which any indi-
vidual may have become accustomed. It must be gradu-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
347
ally modified. In our next meeting we shall consider the
diseases, that may be produced out of each of the twelve
signs.
The past has shown to us the weakest parts of the science in
modern times and these must be strengthened. Astrology holds
an entirely unbiased attitude towards all systems, and we must not
permit prejudice to stand in the way of a full elucidation of the
various methods of direction. Let us seek to concentrate our
thoughts to the highest.
Diseases Under the Twelve Zodiacal Signs.
Let us now go into detail relative to the different dis-
eases that come under the rule of the twelve Zodiacal
signs. First, Aries, pimples and heat in the face, hare-
lip, ringworm, small-pox and all infirmities incident to
the face, headache, toothache, baldness, megrims, apo-
plexy, falling sickness and all diseases of the head, as neu-
ralgia, gumboils, polypus, swellings, mumps, etc.
Next, Taurus gives all infirmities of the neck and throat,
Kings' Evil, wens, sore throat, quinsies, abscesses, en-
larged tonsils, gout, croup, goitre and affections of bron-
chial tubes, etc.
Next sign, Gemini, flatulency, nervous diseases, fren-
sies, distempers, corruption of the blood, accidents and
infirmities in the hands, arms and shoulders; brain fever,
bilious complaints, etc.
The next sign, Cancer, indigestion, and all imperfec-
tions in the breast, chest and stomach, cancerous and drop-
sical tendencies, asthma, phlegmatic troubles and pleurisy,
consumption and all pulmonary troubles and complaints
affecting the fluidic system, dropsical humors, etc.
The next sign, Leo, rules all infirmities of the back, ribs
and sides, as pains in the back, convulsions, pleurisy and
348
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
palpitations, inflammatory fevers, jaundice, sore eyes,
measles, etc.
The next sign, Virgo, gives dysentery, obstructions in
the bowels, worms, wind colic or gastritis and nervous
disorders, bowel complaint, appendicitis, etc.
The next, Libra, rules all infirmities in the reins, as
the gravel and stone, all uterine troubles, pains in the
back, heat in the loins, kidney and bladder troubles, debil-
ity, atrophy, ulcers and corruptions of the blood, etc.
The next, Scorpio, rules secret diseases connected with
the generative organs and private parts, ruptures, piles,
etc., defects in the matrix, also all kinds of uterine trou-
bles, and diseases affecting the external generative sys-
tem, injuries to spermatic cord and groin.
The next, Sagittarius, gives accidents through horses
and four-footed beasts, also through violent exercise;
feverish complaints and troubles arising from overheated
blood, rheumatism, etc.
The next, Capricorn, gives rheumatic pains in knees
and lower limbs, skin diseases, fractures, weak knees and
diseases of the bones, leprosy, salt rheum, and all cuta-
neous diseases.
The next, Aquarius, gives affections of the eyes and
blood, cramps, rheumatic fevers, and sickness arising from
corrupted blood.
The next sign, Pisces, gives gouty complaints, boils,
blotches, ulcers, abscesses and all complaints that arise
from damp and wet feet, corns, bunions, enlarged joints,
all affections of the feet, lameness, cold and moist dis-
eases.
Diseases may be classed as physical and mental, the
mental reacting upon the body, the physical upon the
mind, and in studying the former, the Moon's position
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
349
and all her aspects must be carefully noted, but with
regard to the latter, Mercury must be considered.
The Rising Sign may be considered as the hereditary
tendencies, although nothing is hereditary in the true sense
of the word; but for all practical purposes it will be well
to think of the Rising Sign as showing the characteristics
that the native has inherited, or rather, brought over with
him upon his entry into physical life. It will be the pivot
upon which his life will turn and it will be found that the
individual's health is afflicted in that part of the body ruled
by the sign under which he is born. The Ascendant and
its rulers are the indicators of the constitution, and a strong
sign rising will give a robust constitution, to begin with,
but a weak sign rising will handicap the life if there is
much affliction shown in the nativity. The Fiery Signs
give a strong, wiry, robust constitution and are classed as
follows: Aries, vital-mental; Leo, vital; Sagittarius,
vital-motive.
Our great aim must be to draw the mind of humanity to this
science of life; to bring them nearer, closer together, and when this
is accomplished, the beauty of the form will obtain the added light
and warmth of the divine life. This is our ideal; the unity of a long
separated brother and sister, and through them, the final unity of
the whole family.
Effect of the Signs Rising on Health.
We will now consider the various types of the twelve
Zodiacal signs. We find the vital types possessed with
an abundance of the life force, and they often suffer from
an overplus rather than from too little. They require
plenty of sleep, a moderate diet, plenty of outdoor exercise.
The fiery triplicity are liable to accidents and their passing
out is generally very sudden. They suffer most from
excess and injury or disease of some vital organ. This
group is governed as a whole by the Sun.
¡
350
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
The airy triplicity govern the mental signs and all dis-
eases that affect the mind. They require plenty of fresh
air of a light, high temperature, harmonious surround-
ings and the avoidance of all worry and annoyances. They
should give irritable persons a wide birth, as they are
affected to a great extent by the mental conditions of their
companions, and the more refined their associates the bet-
ter their general health will become. As a group this
triplicity come under the rule of Venus and Mercury.
The watery triplicity rule the desires and emotions. As
a consequence, this class will ever be controlled largely by
their feelings and emotions. They are in reality more
affected by their psychic sense than from the mental con-
ditions of others with whom they may be brought in con-
tact. Being receptive they are simply affected by un-
cleanly surroundings, and very soon become tainted with
the emanations of others when they are impure. Their
duty is first to purify their senses to have good health,
and they should be most careful in the choice of compan-
ions. Parents should heed this and be most careful of
their children in this respect of playmates. As a group
they come under the rule of the Moon and Mars. All
foul and loathsome diseases arise from the watery signs;
all secret complaints, cancers, tumors, .abscesses, etc.
The earthy triplicity are the purely material, and gov-
ern the material body proper, and their affections are con-
nected with the body entirely, though not touching the
mind or any vital organ. Taurus usually gives a very fine
physique, and all the appearance of a long life, but the peo-
ple under him go very quickly when once they become
afflicted. Virgo gives a well-made body and usually
very good health. Those under Capricorn are, as a rule,
very long lived. The earthy group come under the rule
of Saturn. In giving judgment of the general health,
each group must be carefully studied.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
351
Next come the Signs taken separately. This refers to
the Sign Ascending at birth; also signs of long and short
ascension; for instance, the twenty-seventh degree of
Libra should be on the ascendant and the sixth degree of
Libra on the twelfth, and Venus in the twenty-ninth
degree of Libra, which would be in the first house, and
the Moon or planet in the fourth degree of Libra, which
would be in the confines of the eleventh house. This
would, as a matter of course, have to be considered in
judging of the environments of the native, though being
in reality over thirty degrees removed by mundane meas-
urements. The same way in any part of the map.
Aries rising gives a robust, wiry form and full of heat;
liable to accidents especially of the head. Illness is pro-
duced through overexcitement, or overwork, or taking
too much responsibility, also by mental worry and a too
positive condition, having all the forces drawn into the
head. Those under this sign require proper rest, freedom
from all anxiety, social companionship, a certain period
for quiet and peace alone every day. Their medicine is
harmony.
Taurus gives a strong constitution.
suffer a lack of industry and are too
Those under him
fond of ease; are
pleasure seekers; and while obtaining amusement seem
to be happy, but collapse suddenly. The throat is the
vital point.
Their greatest danger comes from over-
eating, too much indulgence. They should make a study
of living temperately and becoming more active.
We are not bound to traditions in our outward expressions at
least, but to those memories of the past which are woven into our
higher consciousness. Whatever the Genesis of astrology, it cannot
alter the fact that Venus corresponds to the love nature in human-
ity, and the aspects of Mars to their strength and force; Mercury
containing the essence of intellect, etc. It is dangerous to criticise
that which one does not comprehend.
352
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo.
We will now continue with the effects produced in the
various Signs Rising at birth, or when they are the sig-
nificators of the general health.
giving to those under
They are restless and
Gemini is a fairly strong sign,
it length of form and active body.
unsettled persons, ever on the move, often with two things
in hand at the same time; hence they become bothered
and worried, and bring upon themselves nervous diseases
and troubles arising from disordered blood. They are
dual and their true nature asserts itself, for they generally
suffer in both body and mind at the same time. They are
fretful and at times peevish, and take on the troubles of
others quite unconsciously. Their medicine is rest and
less activity. They should strive to become less scattered
and more concentrated, and not upset the body in trying
to be in two places at the same time. They suffer from
being all positive at one time and all negative at others.
The medium is required.
Cancer rising: these people are weak as children and
they suffer in accordance with the types with which they
are thrown. It is most important with whom they are
brought in contact, as ofttimes nurses will drain these chil-
dren of all their life force. They are highly magnetic
and suffer also from troubles of the stomach. They
should be most particular of the food they eat, and should
never eat while there is discord about them. They are
liable to indigestion, which becomes chronic if not rem-
edied. The whole of their many diseases arise from their
negative and receptive condition; therefore they should be
very careful of their companions, and especially those who
sleep in the same house with them. They require imme-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
353
diate attention on falling sick, and their best medicine is a
cheerful and bright companion who is thoroughly healthy
and full of positive and electric magnetism, such as is often
found in the Taurus type. They are inclined to sink under
disease and give way, owing to their negative state of
mind and body. They should avoid taking too much
liquid. Their food should be light but wholesome. A
change of air and environments is always good for them.
It is essential that their surroundings be pure, clean and
refined.
Leo rising: this is a vital sign and produces a very pow-
erful, strong, healthy constitution. Those under it are
positive and electric and repel disease. They are highly
concentrated persons and live in a higher emotional plane.
They will suffer from an overabundance of life and vital-
ity, and can afford to be very generous with it. They will
gain by giving off some of their life force. These people
live in the solar breath, as it were, and when disposed,
they quickly recover by their marvelous recuperative
power. They rarely ail much unless they give way to dis-
sipations; then the heart becomes affected. Their greatest
danger is overexcitement, through which they contract
fevers and inflammatory conditions of the blood. They
are ofttimes led into the wrong road through their sym-
pathies, which are easily aroused. They should strive to
cultivate their interior nature and bring it to the fore.
Virgo rising: the Virgo people have an earthy body,
and being a mean between the Taurus and Capricorn, they
can hold their own life. They blend the mind and body so
evenly that usually both suffer at the same time, although
they catch diseases from those with whom they come in
contact, on account of their extreme receptivity to con-
ditions that are inharmonious to them. This seems to be
354
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
their greatest danger until they lean as much to the practi-
cal as to the ideal business. Worry and commercial fluc
tuation affect them more often than other things. There
is a tendency to consumption, as they advance in life.
They live an intense life, both mind and body seeming to
consume them at the same time. They should attend to
diet above all things, should observe regular habits. They
come out best under prosperity. They must learn how to
care for themselves effectually first of all.
The art of directing the planets in the horoscopal figure is not as
yet correct in modern methods. In ages past many bright minds
labored to perfect a complex system. but there was quite a variety
of opinions; Alcabitius, Julius Fermicus, Francis Stabula, Cardan,
Campanella, Ptolemy, Schoner, Porpsyrius, Regiomontanus, Chau-
vigny, and many others.
Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius.
The sign Libra rising gives a well formed body and
positive; quite able to resist disease. The troubles of
those born under it seem to be more internal and most
of their complaints arise out of exhaustion. They are
positive and not receptive to disease; at the same time,
they produce their own ill health, being too inactive and
over-fed of ease and pleasure. They lack industry and
activity, living more in the plane of mind than in the body;
hence the body has often unwillingly to follow the mind.
They also suffer largely from or through their perceptive
organs, and whatever the mind sees or desires, the body has
to obtain. This causes a wearing out of the body, and
at the same time affects the internal arrangements. They
often appear to have external harmony when they are
really discordant within. They require most of all, peace-
ful exercise and a harmonious unity of mind and body;
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
355
otherwise they will suffer from debility. Their best med-
icine is plenty of good, healthful reading, and plenty of
their own natural element, pure, fresh air.
The sign Scorpio rising at birth: while it is a negative
sign, often produces a strong, healthful constitution.
This is on account of it being one of the vital signs and
the house of Mars. To the Scorpio persons cleanliness
is most essential, and in common with the other watery
signs, they suffer through their psychic conditions. They
are highly magnetic, but in a totally different manner
from the Cancer type. Cancer is magnetic to physical
conditions, while Scorpio is magnetic to what is properly
known as the astral conditions. They have a peculiarly
emotional and highly sensitive nature, which is receptive
to the sensuous or desire conditions about them; hence
they easily become poisoned by the evil emanations and
desires of others. When they have overcome the senses,
and thoroughly understand them, they become the finest.
magnetic healers and are able intuitively to find out just
the peculiar medicine that they and others need; there-
fore they make good physicians. They generate the life
forces quickly and when they lead a chaste life they have
remarkable power and enormous vitality. Disease gen-
erally attacks them in the generative system, the genera-
tive organs and private parts. They should cultivate their
own natural, medicinal ability, and always practice self-
control. They can easily become their own doctors, for
they are the natural physicians of the world.
The sign Sagittarius rising at birth. This is a positive
sign and persons born under it should always have good
health; that is, if they only follow out their instincts.
They have a motive type of body, wiry, strong and robust,
but their great love of sport often produces accidents.
356
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
They live generally in the external world, and naturally
are fond of fresh air, plenty of exercise, which they take
good care to have, even at the expense of all else, on every
available occasion. Walking exercise is good for them,
and with every step they take in a fresh draught of life.
They are liable to suffer from too much activity and an
over-restless nature. They are often prodigious workers
and rarely, if ever, lazy. While they can keep on their
feet they will not ail much.
Their best medicine is travel.
The science of astrology is divided into seven branches, Esoteric,
Natal, Medical, Horary, National or Mundane, Astrometeorological,
and the Higher Spiritual, that has to do with the material expressions.
It was in its zenith about two hundred thousand years ago; no doubt
longer. It was first taught by the Manu who had charge of the
fourth root race.
Capricorn, Aquarius, Pisces.
It must be kept in mind that in the Sign Rising, in
order to gain an accurate jurdgment we must also con-
sider the planets in the Sign Rising, also the Ruler of that
sign, and the aspects thrown out to the first house from
other planets in the horoscope.
The next sign in order is Capricorn. This sign rising
gives a large frame, and while it is a negative sign, it is a
cold negative, and therefore not so receptive as Pisces, for
instance. It generally gives longevity, and its people
have good health. In general their ailments belong more
to the physical and are rarely mental. At the same time,
ill health is often induced by a peevish or discontented
spirit. They suffer most from deep-seated cold complaints
and melancholia; are often depressed and despondent,
and this reacts upon the body, bringing rheumatism and
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
357
lingering disease. They are healthy while carrying
through gigantic and heavy responsibilities and while
working out their ambitions. Failure often causes mel-
ancholia, and from this they turn sick and contract linger-
ing complaints. Their best medicine is work and con-
tentment, and the following out of some important pursuït.
They cannot be happy or well while idle, and when not
working with the body must labor with the brain, so that
they may draw down the vital forces through energy which
they have to acquire.
The sign Aquarius rising: this sign should contain a
perfect blending of the mind and body, and while both
are in harmony they are happy and well. Worry will
always precipitate itself into the flesh, and immediately
act upon the blood. It is a robust sign. There is more
display of mental energy than vitality. Those born under
it suffer from peculiar complaints, and the stronger the
mind, the more deep-rooted will be the complaints; but the
blood seems to contain the seeds of their illness. Owing
to their very positive nature they wrestle with disease,
and only succumb when absolutely forced, and through
this they are often taken suddenly ill, and all hopes of
recovery seem gone, when they just as suddenly recover.
They should take steps to purify their blood. They require
fresh air, plenty of quiet exercise, and above all else, peace-
ful and artistic surroundings. They are refined, and
coarse surroundings sicken them and cause them to lose
heart. Their best medicine will be music, harmony and
cheerful company.
Pisces rising: this is a negative sign, and is related
with the psychic or astral world. There are two distinct
types coming under this sign; the one having perfect
health, the other generally ailing. They suffer from cor-
1
358
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
rupted blood and break out in blotches, etc., in various
parts of the body. Pure diet and cleanliness will do
much to preserve good health, and with a study of tem-
perance and an abstinence from intoxicants they may
have good health. They never ail when near the sea, nor
when taking long sea voyages. They make fine sailors,
and their life on the sea is the best tonic they can have.
The signs may be grouped into fire, earth, air and water,
then fixed, cardinal and common. The fire signs give
vitality, but liability to fevers, accidents and inflammatory
complaints and violent attacks of disease, very acute while
they last. The earth signs, slow, long, lingering diseases,
not affecting the vital parts of the body. The airy signs
give mental diseases; cure the mind, the health becomes
good. The watery signs affect the lymphatic system;
produce lingering and difficult diseases affecting both
mind and body. These complaints are not easily cured.
The fixed signs rule over the most vital parts of the body,
as the heart, and they ultimate in that organ.
The car-
dinal signs affect the skin and functional arrangement.
The common affect the blood and tend to consumption
and wasting disease. Apart from the Sign's rule, each
planet has its disease. The Sun governs the structure,
the heart, brain, eyes, etc., and so-called hereditary com-
plaints.
From the afflictions to the Sun and the sign in which the Sun is
posited, we may judge of the nature of hereditary complaints. So-
called hereditary complaints come under the rule of the Sun, as we
are drawn to the parents who can give us the best vehicle in working
out the results of those causes we have set in motion in the past.
Effect of the Sun and Planets on Diseases.
The Sun governs all vital parts and the structure gen-
erally, but chiefly the heart. The eyes will also be weak
and show signs of failure when the Sun is afflicted. In
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
359
all vital diseases the Sun and the direction from which
affliction from the Sun is coming must be particularly
noted, for the Sun alone has to do with diseases that
cause fevers or produce heat in those parts governed by
the sign that he is in.
Taking the Sun alone, the diseases that may be expected
to occur under his influence will be chiefly those connected
with the brain, eyes and heart. The most common com-
plaints that may be attributed to the Sun are palpitation,
heated flushings and fullness of the system. In the
various signs consider the Sun generally as the centre to
which the sign is making, and also consider the sign the
vital spot, owing to the Sun's position there.
We will now give you the general indications in order to
simplify. When the Sun is posited in Aries, there are in-
ternal headaches, generally in the centre of the head; weak-
ness of eyes and feverishness. Ill health is produced by
worry and excitement, or by outbursts of anger and im-
pulsive expressions.
With the Sun in Taurus, the throat will be affected by
quinsy or some inflammation. There may be diphtheria.
The Sun in Gemini: In this sign the blood is affected,
and the chest and lungs become afflicted by inflammation.
Two complaints may be going on at the same time, arising
from congestion or an inflamed condition of the blood. It
gives a tendency to lingering complaints.
The Sun in Cancer will give disease arising out of indi-
gestion or a disordered condition of the stomach, tumors
and cancerous complaints, also the fluidic system, as
dropsy, etc. The chest and breast are also affected.
The Sun in Leo: The heart and back suffer and there
is liability to all feverish complaints.
The Sun in Virgo: This brings disease affecting the
circulatory system, giving dysentery and obstructions of
the bowels, with tendencies to consumption, etc.
360
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
The Sun in Libra gives kidney complaints and diseases
affecting the liver and reins.
The Sun in Scorpio gives disease connected with the
private parts, affecting the urine and generative organs.
It causes stone and gravel and all obstructions in that
part of the body.
The Sun in Sagittarius: By reflection it will affect the
lungs, but generally gives trouble with the arms and also
the spine and thighs.
The Sun in Capricorn: By reflection the stomach is
often affected, also the knees and joints in the limbs.
The Sun in Aquarius: The blood is affected, also the
eyes, and by reflection, the heart and back.
The Sun in Pisces gives fluidic complaints and some-
times trouble in the genitals.
It should be noted that the signs that are in sympathy
affect one another, the fixed signs governing all vital
parts; the cardinal the functional arrangement; the com-
mon signs the limbs and extremities. At the head of the
vital group stands the Sun; at the head of the functional,
the Moon; while Mercury governs the nervous system.
Thus we have given the diseases connected with the
Sun when in the various signs. You can readily perceive
that when this planet is in any of the signs the disease will
be accentuated by heat and inflammation, and extreme
cases may be expected of the ailments already mentioned.
But with Saturn the conditions would be just the opposite.
This would give colds and a lingering tendency, and in-
stead of inflammation, there would be a slow disease such
as rheumatism or consumption, and complaints difficult to
cure.
Clairaudince is a faculty or higher sense in the physical, coming
under the rule of Saturn, whereby the hearing is extended to what-
ever distance or vibration desired. Clairvoyance is extended vision,
or the faculty of seeing with the inner eye through and beyond dense
matter irrespective of time. As the sight is governed by Mercury it
may be considered as a future sense or soul sense.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
361
Mercury, Venus, Urania. The Moon Governs All Fem-
inine Complaints, also Lunacy.
Mercury in the various signs will act in a different way
than either Saturn or the Sun. The diseases connected
with Mercury rise out of the mind and the nerves become
affected; fits, lethargy, convulsions, general debility and
complaints which come from irregular circulations are
caused by the afflictions of Mercury. The Moon affects
the functions, and in a general way, the sight. It causes
tumors and consumptive complaints. Cancers and all
female ailments also come under the Moon.
Venus is closely related to the generative system, and
governs all those parts having to do with generation.
The reins and kidneys and back are under Venus.
Jupiter governs the seed and the blood; hence the liver
becomes diseased under severe affliction of Jupiter.
Urania may be considered quite apart from the other
planets, as Urania rules what is known as the etheric body,
that is, the mold upon which the physical is built; hence
it is often said that his diseases are incurable except by
certain psychological treatment. The effects of afflic-
tion from this planet are always sudden and unexpected.
Urania has much to do with accidents and sudden events of
a peculiar nature, suicides and violent deaths that are
shrouded in mystery and seldom if ever are the causes
made plain.
With regard to Neptune, he has little to do with phys-
ical disease and acts in a peculiar manner upon the body
as a whole in connection with some of the other planets
accordingly as he is afflicted.
We may now classify the diseases of the planets as fol-
lows: The Sun rules all hot and dry diseases; affects the
362
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
heart, back and arteries and also the eyes and brain. The
right eye is considered masculine; the left, feminine.
The Sun's diseases are also palpitation of the heart, faint-
ings, lightheadedness, fevers, weak sight, brain troubles.
The Sun's weekly house, as well as sign, should be noted.
When the Sun is decadent in the nativity, there will
always be a tendency to diseases of the Sun, and more
especially when the Sun is afflicted in the cadent house or
common sign, but much less so when in Sagittarius or the
ninth house. When the Sun is angular it gives power to
resist disease and less liability to sickness.
The Moon governs all feminine complaints, also cases.
of lunacy or insanity. The nature of the Moon is cold and
moist; therefore all cold and lymphatic diseases come
under the Moon; cancer and complaints of the stomach,
and to her influence may be traced rheumatism and con-
sumption. Her diseases are gastritis, vertigo, apoplexy,
scrofulous disease. Females especially come under lunar
disease, as the Moon affects the periodics and liver. Chil-
dren during the first four years of life come under the
Moon's influence. The luminaries in affliction tend to
inflame the eyes and weaken the sight.
Mercury: this planet governs the brain as a whole,
also the nervous system; also the tongue, hands and feet.
His diseases are madness, dumbness, stammering, stop-
page in the head, headache, lethargy, loss of memory,
gouty disorders in the hands and feet, hoarseness, dry
coughs, nervous debility. With Mercury afflicted, there
is danger of consumption, fits, madness. The signs from
which the affliction occurs must be carefully noted.
Mars: this planet has sympathy with the Sun; accen-
tuates all the diseases mentioned under the Sun in the
various signs, fevers and inflammation of the burning,
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
363
contagious type. They are quick and severe, while those
of the Sun are slow. The diseases of Mars are yellow jaun-
dice, stone in the reins, and kidney complaints, which pro-
ceed from the gall from overheated blood. Those diseases
caused by prodigal life and wasting of the forces, shin-
gles, diabetes, small-pox, burns, scalds, wounds and
bruises come under Mars. This fiery planet is dangerous
if afflicted at childbirth to both parent and child, also
causes accidents, dog bites and sudden ruptures to blood
vessels.
We see that with practice and study disease may be easily located,
though in all cases the aspect must be carefully considered. Shallow
minds believe in luck or fate; strong minds recognize the law of
cause and effect. Mankind is not sharp-sighted enough to see how
much good they may be doing when they undertake to do any good
thing. All will in the end attain perfection.
Saturn, Jupiter, Venus, Urania.
We wish to give a few more practical thoughts relating
to the physical health, for this is one of the conditions that
will require special attention is casting one's natal figure.
The generative organs to a certain extent, and the mus-
cles and sinews are chiefly ruled by Mars, also the forehead
and nose.
Saturn: this planet is in sympathy with the Moon and
accentuates all the Moon's diseases. His diseases are
those arising from melancholy, colds and depression. He
produces consumption, slow, lingering disease, atrophy,
palsy, dropsy, leprosy, severe catarrh and acute nervous
diseases. His chief diseases are rheumatism, and those
which originate from colds, such as neuralgia, toothache,
and when under certain afflictions of the Moon, he causes
1
364
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
epilepsy and fits. Saturn governs the bones, joints and
spleen. The ears are also ruled by Saturn, and when
afflicted in Aries, deafness is generally the result.
Jupiter cannot be said to have any disease, or at least
does not cause disease, as he governs the blood. All afflic-
tions to this planet will act upon the blood and affect the
liver, lungs and indirectly the heart, but the blood is the
principal part of the system coming under the rule of
Jupiter, so that pleurisy, apoplexy, boils, cramps and
abscesses may be expected when he is much afflicted, con-
sidering well the sign and planet from whence the afflic-
tion comes. Jupiter has chief rule over the arterial sys-
tem.
Venus when under affliction gives diseases affecting the
generative system, causing disorders in the matrix, gen-
itals, bladder, the reins, spine and breasts. Her diseases
arise from excess in pleasure and all venereal disorders
resulting from sensuality. Venus has chief rule over the
throat, ovaries and venous system.
Urania: the diseases of this planet are mostly nervous,
and often incurable, being very difficult to understand
and remedy. All sudden and unexpected complaints, such
as accidents, suicides and peculiar diseases may be attrib-
uted to this planet. When afflicted, note well the sign and
house from which the affliction falls, also the planet.
With practice and study diseases may be located easily,
but in all cases the aspects should be carefully noted as a
whole, and to reduce the rules for judging health into a
practical form, the Ascendant must first be considered or
the sign rising as the ruler of the form, showing the weak-
est parts of the system or the parts most liable to disease.
Next note carefully the Sun as the ruler of the constitu-
tion or as the indicator as to the strength of the constitu-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
365
tion governing the vital centres and organism, as a whole,
and next the Moon as the ruler of the functional arrange-
ments. In addition to these factors the malefic planets
will show the nature of the diseases and, added to this, the
following concerning the planets enable the student to
judge of the nature of the general health, and the diseases
from which the native will suffer:
First comes Saturn as the most malefic in ill health.
Saturn in Aries gives colds in the head, catarrh, moist
humours in head, trouble from the mucous falling into the
throat and deafness. If the nativity indicates accidents,
then blows to the head and injuries.
Saturn in Taurus; colds in the throat, catarrh or phlegm
in the throat, affecting the breath.
Saturn in Gemini ; colds in the chest, bronchial affections,
pneumonia, coughs, colds and rheumatic colds in the arms
and shoulders.
Saturn in Cancer; cold and flatulence with obstructions;
ofttimes the afflictions may fall by reflection in Capricorn,
and also by square to Libra and affect the kidneys and
reïns.
Saturn in Leo; slow action of the heart; poor circula-
tion of the blood, pains around the heart; falls, bruises, in
many cases brittle bones.
Saturn in Virgo; colds and cramps in the bowels, con-
stipation, cold, inactive liver; often a sallow complexion.
Saturn in Libra gives kidney diseases, pains in the back,
caused by colds. The spine is sometimes affected; mucous
in the urine and gravel.
J
We know that a knowledge of astrology by earth's children will
assist and not hinder evolution, and where knowledge abounds there
is no room for ignorance and error. What is needed most is a philo-
sophical and esoteric astrology. No system of astrology can be of
value until it can show reason for its laws, and as we are now simpli-
fying this science, life does not become the problem it was.
366
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Saturn, Mars, Jupiter in the Different Houses.
We will continue the subject of Saturn in the various
signs, the effects produced in a physical way when afflicted.
The judgment must be given according to the strength
of the affliction. This will require some practice and ob-
servation ere you can become accurate, but the same is
true in all things.
The planet Saturn in Scorpio gives urinary troubles,
colds in bladder, gravel, retention of urine, and in many
cases, piles. In females, womb complaints.
Saturn in Sagittarius affects the bronchial tubes, giving
coughs, pneumonia, rheumatic pains in the thighs, sciatica,
also danger of falls and bruises.
Saturn in Capricorn gives rheumatic pains in the limbs,
colds in the knees and ankles, also poor circulation of the
blood, especially in the lower extremities.
Saturn in Aquarius gives rheumatism, also sores and
bruises upon the limbs, caused from bad blood, many times.
difficult to remedy, and if the nativity shows it, there is
danger of broken bones, more especially in the lower limbs.
Saturn in Pisces gives colds and liability to cramps in
the feet and toes, poor circulation in the lower part of the
body, coughs, colds and lung difficulties, infirmities in the
feet, also consumptive tendencies.
Mars in Aries, gives fevers and violent païns in the head,
sleeplessness, brain fever, cuts and scars in the head and
face. This is true too when Mars is on the ascendant,
also sunstrokes, smallpox, etc.
Mars in Taurus, gives dry, feverish throat, sore throat,
quinsy, inflammation in the throat, swelling of the tonsils,
often diphtheria.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
367
Mars in Gemini, gives bronchitis, inflammation of the
lungs, pains in the chest, pneumonia, and when shown in
the natal figure accidents to hands and arms.
Mars in Cancer, a weak, feverish stomach, gastric trou-
bles, dyspepsia, sometimes consumption, biliousness and
the head is affected by stomachic troubles.
Mars in Leo, gives inflammation of the vital centres,
heart disease, dilation and aneurism of the heart, fevers
and malaria, in some cases burns and accidents.
Mars in Virgo, gives inflammation of the bowels,
typhoid fever, liver diseases, biliousness, constipation and
also a sallow complexion.
Mars in Libra, gives kidney disease, inflammation of
the kidneys, uric acid in the system, pains in the back,
bronchial affections and liability to falls.
Mars in Scorpio, gives urinary troubles, inflammation of
the bladder and womb, sediment in the urine, ulcers in the
bladder and venereal diseases in some cases.
Mars in Sagittarius, gives bronchial affections, inflam-
mation of the lungs, generally fevers, liability to acci-
dents, pain in the thighs, also malaria and weakness, with
liability to fractures and broken bones, if the map accords.
Mars in Capricorn gives pains, wounds, cuts, scars on
the knees or legs, accidents to the lower limbs, also malaria,
sometimes deposits in bones.
Mars in Aquarius gives pains in the limbs, erysipelas
in the lower parts, bruises, broken limbs, lameness and
acute pains in the body.
Mars in Pisces gives accidents to the feet and toes,
swellings in the feet, impure blood, lung troubles, bronchi-
tis, consumption and dropsical affections. Mars' afflic-
tions are not as lingering as the diseases of Saturn; also
if oriental or eastern, the afflictions are past more quickly
368
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
than when occidental, or in the western position of the
map.
Jupiter in Aries, afflicted, gives headaches, dizziness,
rush of blood to the head, congestion of the brain and great
danger of apoplexy, especially if the Sun afflicts Jupiter.
Jupiter in Virgo gives disordered liver, weakness and
looseness of the bowels, and at times constipation, impuri-
ties in the blood, sallow complexion, disorders of the
bowels.
Jupiter in Scorpio gives mucous in the urine, especially
if Mars afflicts Jupiter, and if Jupiter is much afflicted,
produces venereal diseases.
Jupiter in Capricorn gives tired feelings, weakness gen-
erally, excess of blood in the limbs, improper circulation,
throbbing in the limbs, etc.
We are happy to know that amid all the temptations that have
come to us, we have stood firm to those lofty ideals with which we
set out in the beginning, and it is encouraging to those just entering
these rays of light to be able to have a compass by which to guide
their ship of life to a known condition where once was darkness and
mystery.
Venus, Mercury, Moon.
Venus in Aries affects the head, and the native is often
affected by careless and impulsive habits as to the health.
Venus in Virgo gives liver and bowel complaints, loose-
ness of the bowels, dysentery and in some cases rupture.
Venus in Scorpio gives venereal diseases, loss of vital-
ity, sickness through excess and improper habits, diseases
of the generative organs, weakness of the bladder, etc.
Mercury in Aries gives worry, fear, anxiety of the mind,
pain in the head and nervous affections of the head. Mer-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
369
cury in Sagittarius gives weakness in the head, dizziness,
nervousness and weakness in the thighs. Mercury in
Pisces gives poor memory, fear, worry, imaginary ail-
ments and nervous affections of the system.
The Moon in Aries gives headaches, brain troubles and
restlessness. The Moon in Scorpio, loss of vitality, blad-
der affections, female complaints, dropsical ailments and
diseases caused by transgressing Nature's law. The
Moon in Capricorn gives weakness in the knees and limbs,
weak and tired feelings; sickness of the stomach, sprains
and bruises in the lower extremities. The Moon in
Aquarius gives dropsical complaints and peculiar swellings
in the lower parts. The Moon in Pisces gives swellings
and unpleasant odors from the feet, dropsical ailments and
a watery condition of the blood.
Thus we find that persons with many planets in earthy
signs are liable to have tumors in the fleshy parts of the
body, and when Mars is in a fiery sign it shows a liability
to fevers and burns. Venus has influence over the flesh
and womb, complexion and hair, while Mercury rules the
mind, intellect, nervous system, optic nerves and the imag-
ination. The Moon has chief rule over the secretions of
the body, the uterus, the ovaries and the eyes. Saturn has
influence over the bones, also the phlegm, causing obstruc-
tions. Jupiter rules over the blood, arteries, seed, teeth
and the circulation.
Mars has chief rule over the bile, liver, gall, all inflam-
matory complaints, the temper, the heat of the body, and
what is termed animal magnetism; also the muscular sys-
tem.
Urania has influence over the magnetic forces as well
as the electric; also the impulses, and often causes numb-
ness and electrical pains. The Sun and Moon in afflic-
370
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
tion gives affections to the eyes, especially if Mars assists
through fire or results of fevers. Venus afflicted by evil
aspects gives all complaints common to females and
venereal diseases in males; Mercury afflicted, produces
brain troubles, mental derangement and nervous affections,
and Saturn afflicting Mercury indicates worry, fear, mel-
ancholy, catarrh, colds, dull pains in head and a lack of
confidence, while Saturn in affliction with the Sun gives
palpitation of the heart, also paralysis, wasting and linger-
ing disease, sore eyes and sometimes cataract of the eye.
Saturn afflicting Jupiter gives sluggish action of the
blood. Jupiter in adverse aspect with Mercury gives
headaches, dizziness, rush of blood to the head and face,
sometimes congestion of the brain; Jupiter in adverse as-
pect with the Sun gives palpitation of the heart, impure
blood, general weakness of the body and apoplexy. Mars
afflicting Mercury gives headaches, malaria, pains and
fevers in the head and nervous affections. Mars afflicting
Venus denotes excesses, bad habits, venereal diseases.
Mars and Urania in affliction give strange accidents, cuts,
shocks from electrical appliances, dangers from explosions.
Mars and Jupiter in affliction give impure blood, eruptions
on the body, also disease of the liver, liability to burns by
fire. Urania afflicting Mercury gives a muddled condi-
tion of the mind, a peculiar pricking sensation in that part
of the body governed by the sign in which Urania is
posited at the birth of the native. The part of body gov-
erned by the sign the Moon is in at birth is a sensitive
spot.
CHAPTER XVI.
Aphorisms of Astrology.
Aside from the general rules given to judge of the nativ-
ity, there are many thoughts or aphorisms that may be
given in order to simplify this science, for this is my aim.
He who is born under the rule of the Sun; the Sun being in
the ascendant or ruler of the geniture, will be aiming at
great things, rule and dominion, and will be famous; the
same if the signs Aries, Leo and Sagittarius ascend, and the
Sun be strong and in trine to Jupiter. In the first place, the
conditions are good. The Sun and the fiery sign give
ambition, and with these conditions we can imagine a
royal type of person. The most benefic influence is the
Sun in trine aspect to Jupiter, and this is true because the
Sun gives power and Jupiter wisdom. To have earned
this combination in just expression, the time must have
been well spent, and if it were not earned, then it is not
in keeping with the universal law that it should have been
meted out to us at all, or in fact to all alike.
Venus, ruler of the geniture, or strong in the ascendant,
makes the native a great lover of pleasures of an upright,
just, honest nature, but if she be weak or ill placed in the
figure, and in bad aspect with Saturn, he is more sensual.
If afflicted by Mars he is subjected to much notorious
scandal and disgrace. Thus Venus is admitted to be the
planet giving love of pleasure, as it is a blessing to be able
to enjoy good music, fine arts, and that which delights
the soul or higher mind, and if afflicted by Saturn, then
371
372
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
the pleasures are apt to be physically objective and drawn
to the personal. Mars afflicting Venus brings scandal,
etc., owing to the senses claiming more of the attention
of Venus than is good for the higher self. There is more
character to Venus than many will suppose on a casual
examination, for an unafflicted Venus gives a most lovable
disposition, and in these configurations, the same as in all
others, careful attention should be given as to the sign and
house the planet is occupying. For instance, Venus is
more powerful in a positive sign than in a negative sign,
and it should be noted that those having a positive Venus
joy in giving love, while those who have her placed in a
negative sign prefer to receive love. Therefore afflictions.
in negative signs may become very evil in accordance with
the aspects of Venus. We may judge of a person's pleas-
ures as follows: Venus to good aspects of Mercury, love
of knowledge; Venus to Jupiter, love of wisdom; Venus
to Mars, love of the senses; Venus to Saturn, love of
wealth and physical objects, etc.; Venus to the Sun, love
of grandeur and power; Venus to the Moon, love of pub-
licity, fame, etc.; Venus to Urania, love of romance, the
profound and wonderful, idealistic in love affairs, a love of
mysticism and true occultism.
Mercury ruler of the geniture or strong in the ascend-
ant gives the native a most admirable fancy and great
elocution. Mercury makes famous orators and especially
if in good aspect with the Moon and Venus, or if he be in
good aspect with Saturn or Jupiter, he makes an excellent
philosopher or divine; if with Mars, a good physician,
surgeon and the best mathematician, etc. In place of the
word fancy we could best use the word imagination.
Fancy belongs more properly to the Moon, while Mer-
cury bestows the image-making faculty. Fancy has to do
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
373
with the object, but imagination with the subjective and
real. This is why Mercury gives great oratorical powers.
The mind pictures the image, and in accordance with its
definitions of outline, so the thoughts and speech are clear
and well defined. Mercury is the planet of knowledge,
and when aspected or joined with the Moon, then the ideal
and practical are well expressed. There is no better aspect
with Mercury for the mind than when in trine to the
Moon. This allows perfect expression, clear thinking and
correct imagination, and when well aspected with Venus
it adds refinement and artistic tastes.
In judging of the movements of planets we see that our earth
revolves upon its axis once in twenty-four hours. This corresponds
in secondary motion to its annual revolution around the Sun; there-
fore we take the first day for the first year; the second day, the
second year, etc., and divide this motion by twelve to ascertain the
month; this by four to ascertain the week, and the motion per month
by thirty to ascertain the day.
"Natal Astrology is Necessary to the Evolution and
Progress of Humanity." Mars, Jupiter, Saturn,
Moon, etc.
Our forces are congenial to a continuation of the truths
contained in this eternal study, and of all the various parts
of astrology the genethical is the most important, for
therein is contained the whole progress of man from his
birth to the dissolution of the physical form, and by that
alone one is enabled to discover the time of his happy and
inauspicious fortunes, so to speak. This aphorism, there-
fore, makes Natal Astrology of the greatest necessity to
the evolution and progress of humanity. This is due
largely to the importance of man upon the physical globe as
a focus for the individual consciousness, while in mani-
festation in the human body.
374
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Those persons born under the domination of Mars, or
when he is bearing chief rule at birth, lord of the genitive
or in the ascendant, essentially dignified, that is if in a
house and sign of his own nature, are courageous, prove
valiant soldiers and attain to honor in the state. Mars
also makes good surgeons, physicians, apothecaries, etc.
Now in this aphorism we know that Mars in the ascendant
never fails to give self-confidence, and if lord or ruler of
the horoscope, then much will depend upon his position
and essential dignities, aspects, etc., for Mars is the planet
of energy, fire, pluck, and personal self-will, and the chief
rule of Mars is in controlling the desire nature, and the
passions, temper, etc.
Those persons born under the domination of Jupiter,
when he is lord of the figure or in the ascendant, are of a
noble, brave spirit, aiming at good and honest things,
without thought of evil, but if either of the luminaries
shall be in square or opposition of Jupiter or Saturn, and
Mars is in the ascendant or in opposition thereto, the native
will be evil minded, rash, headstrong and rebellious. In
this aphorism we can note that the good effect of Jupiter is
seriously affected by the evil aspects. Jupiter is the planet
of wisdom, and only when Jupiter is free from the malefics,
or in sympathy with the luminaries, can the beautiful white
light of Jupiter be discerned amid the violet clouds which
surround him.
Those who are born under a position where Saturn bears
chief rule, or if he be in the ascendant, are melancholy,
envious and timid, and if Mars or Mercury be in square or
opposition to Saturn are fanatics and sometimes go mad.
In considering this aphorism, stress should be laid upon
where Saturn bears chief rule. Saturn elevated over all
the planets, and in square to Mars or Mercury, will cer-
tainly tend to affect the mind and cause an unequalized
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
375
condition of the same. In order to control this evil, self-
control will be required. The worst effects would arise
out of a condition where a personal self or that which is
known as the selfish part of the nature, had obtained full
play, which would so limit the consciousness that mad-
ness would be a natural result, for Saturn is ever the
planet of limitation.
He that hath any of the fiery signs ascending and the
lord of the ascendant in the tenth house will ever be aiming
at things beyond his station at birth. The Moon in con-
junction with Pleiades in the western angle affects the
eyes, sometimes causing blindness, more especially if Mars
also afflicts the Moon. The affliction of the luminaries
from angles by the malefics also affect the sight, and espe-
cially if either the luminaries or the malefics be near the
Pleiades. The luminaries in square or opposition to each
other also affect similarly, especially if from angles, and
when both the Sun and Moon are afflicted in watery sign
it tends to bring irremovable gout.
The sign Virgo ascending at birth generally makes in-
genious persons unless the lord thereof be in the sign
Sagittarius. Then the native is confident without reason
and will pretend to things he does not understand.
Venus in the ninth house is a strong signification that a
poet is born, more especially if Venus be in conjunction or
any aspect to Saturn, Moon or Mercury, and fortunate
planets in the ninth house make famous churchmen and
lawyers. The same is true if the benefics trine the lord of
the ninth.
Each one of the planets, according to the ancients, is governed by
a star or one of the seven great powers, and the seven spirits before
the throne are symbolical of the expression of the planetary spirits.
By investigation we may see the harmony of the solar system. The
ancients likened Saturn to the ass; Jupiter, the eagle; Mars, the wolf;
the Sun, the lion; Venus, the dove; Mercury, the dragon; and the
Moon, the ox.
376
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Mars, Venus, Mercury, The Moon, The Sun, Saturn..
Re-incarnation Controverted.
When Mars is strong in a nativity and ruler of the
seventh house, and in good aspects to the Sun or Moon or
Ascendant, it causes the native misfortunes in war and
controversy. This is on account of the seventh house being
significator of his adversaries. It shows they would be
too powerful for him to contend against successfully.
When all, or the major portion of the planets are above the
earth it will give the native pre-eminence in whatever his
occupation or position may be, and when the infortunes
afflict the luminaries or the ascendant, either by body or
aspect, it gives a short and sickly life. Eminent fixed
stars upon the angles of a nativity tend to honor and fame,
and the Sun in the ascendant inclines to make boasters
and very proud persons, while Mars there or lord of the
ascendant and afflicted by Saturn, makes the native an
inventor of fables, perjured, turbulent and cruel.
Mars in the tenth destroys the native's honor or credit,
even at times when it is not deserved; Jupiter there with
Mars under good directions will assist in overcoming this
in a measure, though in the end they may be wrecked. All
the planets in a nativity retrograde, or under the earth,
portray him to be of failing fame and fortune. The Sun
or Moon in square or opposition to Mars from angles,
especially the tenth and fourth, shows a violent death,
and if in human signs, from human hands, or if bestial
signs, then by beasts or animals.
Those persons who have Venus or Jupiter posited in
the ascendant or tenth house and unafflicted, are beloved
by all, especially if those angles are free from malefic
influences. The lord of the ascendant stronger than the.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
377
lord of the seventh enables the native to overcome his ene-
mies. Mars in Aries, Scorpio or Capricorn in the ascend-
ant makes the native invincible, and especially so if Mars
is favorably configurated with the luminaries. Mars in
conjunction, square, or opposition to the Moon and Saturn
in the same aspect from angles, shows a violent death.
Mercury in square or opposition to Mars gives a sharp, but
most turbulent mind, which is never content, but is con-
tinually seeking out new ideas and peculiar inventions.
Mercury and Venus in airy signs in the ascendant and
trine to Jupiter in the ninth make great scholars and
learned critics, and if Mercury be lord of the birth and
afflicted by malefics it shows some defect in speech. If the
signs of voice descend, as Gemini, Aquarius, Virgo or
Libra, and Mercury is free from affliction, the native will
express himself finely and gracefully. The Moon in con-
junction with Saturn in the ascendant and in an earthy
sign, makes the native melancholy, and he that hath the
Moon in Aries in the ascendant and opposition to Mercury
will be a promoter of lies and deceit.
The Sun and Mars in the second in their dignities give
the native an estate which he will be inclined to waste.
If planets be strong and in their dignities, especially Sat-
run, Sun, Mars and Jupiter, the native will enjoy ample
fortune. Mercury in the house of Saturn or Urania gives
a most excellent understanding, and if Mercury be in sex-
tile or trine to Saturn, great ingenuity and diplomacy.
Saturn in one person's nativity, upon the ascendant of
another, is an absolute token of hatred. The latter will
be the injured person. The Sun and Moon in conjunc-
tion with Mercury in a tropical sign give the native large
intellectual faculties.
The greatest sympathy that can be in any two nativ-
ities is having the fortunate planets of the one on the
378
SCIENCE AND KEY OF Life.
luminaries of the other. The opposite effects occur when
the malefics of one are on the luminaries of the other.
Some persons who have bad genitures may attain to great
honor and dignity, but in their nativities must sympathize
with their benefactors. The lords of ascendant and third
house in good aspect or reception show concord among
brethren, kindred and neighbors, but the contrary when
in evil configuration.
In the theory of reincarnation, we know it must take place at birth
or antecedently to birth; in either case the spirit in its return to this
world in physical form would be subjected to a new set of influences
which would virtually make a new being. Its character would be
improved or deteriorated without any merit or fault of its own, and
the whole value and moral meaning of its reincarnation would be
lost. The difficulties arising from the phenomenon of heredity, so
called, meanwhile would remain as formidable as ever.
Aphorisms Continued: The Greater the Dignities of the
Planets in the Natus, the More Fortunate Will
Be the Native.
We are slowly but surely weaving together a science
that will be indisputable and of incomprehensible value to
humanity. We will continue this important subject of
aphorisms. We find that the greater the dignities of the
planets in a natus, that when the planets are posited in signs
and degrees and accord with their own nature, the more
fortunate will be the native, but when planets are posited
in their debilities, then they are weak and do not argue
good. A combination of planets in the eighth house, and
good directions to them bring much gain from legacies
and wills. A series of good directions while operating
brings much good fortune, even though the figure at birth
is not a fortunate one. When benefic planets are in their
essential dignities in the eleventh house they denote many
great and powerful friends; malefic planets there and debil-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
379
itated declare friends to be few and of no value to the
native.
When Venus and Mercury are posited in the tenth
house, and in the signs of either Mars or Mercury, they
bring the native into an eminence in the arts and sciences;
with the Moon in mutual reception, and especially in trine
to Mercury they will give a fine comprehension of subjects
in general. When the lord of the eleventh is stronger
than the ruler of the seventh house, it argues that the
friends and assistants of the native are more powerful and
considerable than his adversaries. When Saturn is in
the ascendant in square or opposition to Urania it makes
the native very severe and caustic if provoked, and when
Saturn is in Aries, Taurus, Capricorn, Pisces, Cancer or
Scorpio in the first house in square or opposition to Mars,
it makes tyrannical, cruel, malicious persons, and if Mars
be in these signs and in the ascendant, and in square or
opposition to Saturn, it makes the native cruel, tyrannical,
wilful, spiteful, etc.
When Saturn arrives by direction to the conjunction or
parallel of Mars, and one or both near the fifth house in a
female nativity, there is death by child birth, and the same
with the Sun and Urania. Should Mars be posited in the
eighth house at birth, when the Sun by direction arrives
at parallel opposition or square to him, very serious acci-
dents are sure to follow. Look to the signs that Mars is
in as in Sagittarius, when the thighs, lower limbs, etc.,
are inactive; and indolent natures are produced by earthy
and watery signs. The fiery and airy signs give more
active and energetic natures. When Saturn is posited
in the ninth house, it is quite beneficial in some respects.
It adds cautiousness and wariness to the character, and
would counteract the precipitancy caused by Mars or Mer-
cury if in a fiery sign. When Mars is in the ascendant in
J
380
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Virgo it gives insufferable conceit. Mars has the same
effect when posited in the tenth house, especially if in
aspect to the Moon, and whenever Mars is in the tenth
he gives his nature to the native in the same degree as
if in the ascendant.
In a male's nativity, Venus square or opposition to the
Moon, portrays vicissitudes in marriage. When Venus
is in the twelfth in conjunction to Mars the native will
be extremely unkind to his wife. Choice blends of char-
acter are produced by a number of good aspects to Mer-
cury and the Sun and Moon, while the most amiable and
well disposed persons are those in whose horoscope Venus
and Jupiter are dominant at birth, and free from affliction
of malefics. An array of aspects to angular or rising plan-
ets gives the native marked individuality and characteris-
tics. The characteristics caused by planets in the ascend-
ant are the most marked. The next in power are those
produced by planets aspecting planets in the ascendant,
especially when angular.
We find upon investigation that the planet Neptune entered Tau-
rus, the ruling sign of Ireland, in one thousand eight hundred and
seventy-five, and ever since then the Irish people have been in a state
of turmoil and revolution. At the time of the murders at Phoenix
Park, this planet was in conjunction with the Sun, Saturn and Mer-
cury in the sign Taurus, while all four planets were setting at Dublin
at seven-seventeen P. M., May sixth, one thousand eight hundred and
eighty-two, the exact time the crime was committed.
Analyses of Natal Figures.
We are happy to continue our subject, as it will be well to
bring out the most important points in the various con-
figurations that will aid you to a more complete analysis
of natal figures. We find that the first house shows the
life in general and benefics posited there unafflicted show
good life, while malefics there prove the opposite in effect,
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
381
and if no planet be there, then the ruler of first must be
considered and the aspects of planets to the first. When
the lord of the eleventh is strong, or benefics posited there,
it gives great hope and promises assistance from the na-
tive's friends in realizing his wishes. Those persons who
have Saturn square or opposition to Mars, or the Moon in
the same aspect to Mars, are not truthful. When Jupiter,
Sun, Mars or Venus are afflicting one another, they give
pride and vanity. When Venus is posited in the second
house and afflicted by Urania, Mars or Saturn, it argues
loss by females. When the Moon is placed in the fifth
house, and in square or opposition to Saturn or Venus,
and especially if the two latter be in conjunction with one
another, it gives affliction to the children, and if malefic
planets be placed in the seventh house it shows ill fortune
in dealing with others in partnership, and often inharmony
between the wife and husband. When Saturn is in the
fourth house and the Sun is applying by progression to
the square or opposition, it shows the early death of the
father, and if Saturn be in the tenth and the Moon pro-
gressing to the square or opposition, it gives sickness and
death to the mother. It is the same if the Moon be there
and afflicted by Saturn, if he be angular also. If the
ruler of the tenth be placed in the sixth or eighth and
afflicted, and if Urania, Venus or Saturr. and Mars are
afflicting the Moon, it shows the early death of the mother,
and when the Moon in a male natus or the Sun in a female
natus, are applying first to Jupiter and then to Urania, it
shows the death of the marriage partner, especially if
malefics occupy the seventh house. The Moon in a male
nativity or the Sun in a female nativity in square or oppo-
sition to Mars argues a turbulent, headstrong, wilful part-
ner in marriage, and the Sun in the first house and a malefic
in the seventh in opposition, gives many powerful and
troublesome antagonists. The same is true if the Sun is in
the seventh in opposition to planets in the first.
382
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Venus and Mercury in the tenth house or first is a cer-
tain indication of musical and artistic talent. This is true
in a measure when so configurated in any part of the map,
as this aspect always gives a good ear for music. When
many planets are in fixed signs upon the first and Mercury
or Moon occupy the third or ninth house, it argues that
the native will be a plodder, tenacious, tedious, and want-
ing in versatility. When Capricorn is on the first and no
planets therein, the native will be uncertain and will have
melancholy periods, and if Mercury or the Moon be placed
in the third he will be capricious, especially if in a common
sign. Mars and Saturn and Urania and Saturn in square
or opposition from angles, give rigidity and severity, the
good aspects, stability and positiveness. Those persons
with Cancer on the first house possess very small vitality,
and if the native be a female, minor evil directions prove
fatal to her. When the planets or the Sun and Moon
afflict each other in the signs Capricorn or Cancer, tumors,
abscesses and cancers are to be feared, and if the afflicting
planet be in Virgo or Pisces, it shows an affliction to the
liver. Venus in the sixth house afflicted shows a poor
wife, unless the Moon and Jupiter be well configurated,
or Jupiter be in the seventh house unafflicted. The lord
of the seventh in the eighth, if a benefic, shows a rich mar-
riage partner, one born to ample inheritance. When Mars
is dominant, angular or in the third or ninth house in oppo-
sition or square to the luminaries, he is very wilful, unrea-
sonable and unjust, very difficult to control. Good aspects
of Jupiter and Moon, with reception in their dignities,
show the wife to be of good birth, especially if Jupiter be
in the seventh or eighth house.
It must not be supposed for a moment that the influence domi-
nating at birth is an accident. It will be found to stand in the nicest
relation to the character of the individual, as determined by the
parentage through whom the ego is in sympathy, while from the
nature of the case it can never be the same. Good parents as a rule
bring forth children under good aspects, and vice versa.
¡
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
383
When the planet Jupiter is placed in the seventh house,
and even if in his essential dignities, and Mars, Saturn
or Urania opposing him, it shows strife in all partnerships
and also with the marriage partner. When Mercury and
the Moon be posited with many planets in fixed signs, they
give the person much tenacity of purpose, and especially if
Taurus, Leo, Scorpio or Aquarius ascend, the native will
give great attention to detail, and often be tedious in con-
versation. The Moon and Mercury with many planets
in common or movable signs, and more especially if in the
third or ninth house, show a lack of tenacity and contin-
uity, and if a common or movable sign ascend at birth the
native will be continually changing, and it will be most
difficult for him to dwell long on any subject. If the
Moon be in the midheaven, in a movable sign and aspect-
ing many planets, it shows many changes or journeys
relative to business or the occupation.
Either of the luminaries in the first house in earthy, airy
or watery signs, in sextile, square, trine or opposition to
Saturn gives the native much acquisitiveness. The same
is true if Mercury be placed in the ascendant in earthy
signs, and especially if aspected by Saturn. If Saturn be
placed in the first house in Capricorn, Taurus, or Virgo, it
gives great acquisitiveness, and especially when in his own
sign, Capricorn, the native is liable to be avaricious and
covetous.
When Mercury is below the earth it inclines the
native to the study of science and art, but when above the
earth, it inclines to oratory. The Sun in the first house.
gives great force of character, especially when in good
aspect to Mars, Saturn or Jupiter. The Sun in the first
house in square to Mars in the tenth, makes the native rash,
headstrong and indiscreet. The same is true if Mars be in
the tenth, especially if near the cusp, or if afflicting the
384
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Moon. Venus in the first house or ascendant, and afflicted
by Mars or Saturn or both, gives dissipation, sensuality,
scandal, ill fame, etc., and especially if Mars and Saturn
occupy the tenth house.
When Mercury is in the ascendant, in square or opposi-
tion to Saturn or Mars and receiving no good aspects from
Venus or Jupiter, the native is very liable to commit for-
gery or theft. In the transits of Saturn, should he reach
the cusp of an angle, or be within five degrees thereto, and
at the same time, by secondary direction or progression,
meet the parallel square or opposition of the Sun, it brings
ill fortune, accidents, ill health, and if the hyleg be weak
at birth, it will cause death.
When the malefics are in the eighth and receive no good
aspects from benefic planets, it portrays a violent death,
and Saturn in opposition to Jupiter or Venus destroys
some of the offspring; the same if in conjunction. When
Jupiter, Venus or the Moon are in the fifth in a fruitful
sign it gives many children, and the Moon in good aspect
to Venus or Jupiter increases the number.
The Moon in good aspect to the rulers of the ascendant
and midheaven makes the native eminently honored and
esteemed. Venus in the first, and Mercury ruler thereof
in reception, denotes just, honest and well disposed person.
The Sun and Mars in the ascendant in airy or fiery signs.
make proud and prodigal persons, giving conceit. The
Moon is a powerful factor by reason of her proximity to
the earth and the swiftness of motion by which she trans-
mits the light and influence of all the other planets.
The actual transits of the various planets differ in length of time.
The transit of the Sun continues about fourteen days; that of Jupiter,
twenty-one days; that of Saturn, about twenty-eight days; that of
Urania, about forty-two days; that of Mars, about nine days; that of
Venus, nine days; that of Mercury, seven days; the Moon, five days.
The transits of Luna discover the daily occurrences of life.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
385
Aquarius, “No Sign in the Zodiac Equals it in Interest.”
We desire to give our thought this day to the sign Aqua-
rius, for no sign in the Zodiac equals it in interest. While
very little is understood of its significance by modern inves-
tigators, it is distinctly the human sign as denoted by
its pictorial symbol. One is familiar with the usual figure
of the man of Aquarius holding a watering pot by his
side. This symbol refers more exclusively to the past gen-
erations when this sign was not exerting its wonderful
influence upon humanity. At the same time, there is posi-
tive evidence that the ancients understood its higher signifi-
cance as in the Egyptian, Chaldean and other ancient
Zodiacs we find a superior symbol to the more degenerate
and modern representative.
Take, for instance, the Esne Zodiac, the most ancient
known in Egypt at this day, and we find the waterman
engaged in more active work. His outstretched hand holds
a vessel from which falls a wavy stream of water, and in
the Temple of Denderah, which is of a later date than
Esne, we find the symbol still more complex. The man
wears a crown adorned with five lotus buds, and instead
of a single vessel he holds one in each outstretched hand,
and consequently two streams of water fall to the ground.
In still another Zodiac of Benares, the sign is represented
by a quaint figure whose body takes the form of a vessel
perforated all over its surface. Now all these figures are
intended to convey certain meanings, typified by the essen-
tial parts of the symbol, that is, the human figure and the
vessel of water, and it is necessary to point out that the
waterman is not merely a waterholder or a passive agent,
but a water distributor, as the sign expresses the positive
sign of Saturn, the sifter through the watering pot, perfor-
;
386
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
ated vessel, or overflowing pitcher, as the case may be. He
passes thought, the expression of the soul, whose symbol is
water.
Thus we see that the sign Aquarius is in reality a thought
centre from which radiates luminous substance, an aura
peopled by thought forms, and this idea is more emphasized
by the mythraic glyph for Aquarius, that is, two double
jointed arrows united on a diamond, and on the Mythraic
monument this glyph is shown in the act of being propelled
through the air. Here the unstable, wavy lines of water
are replaced by two united arrows, a symbol fraught with
deep meaning. The first manifestation of this sign is
dominated by Saturn, whose rule is well expressed by the
water glyph. The man seeks experience through his mind
which is in constant activity, restless as the ocean, and in
the primitive state he is likened to Reuben of the Hebrew
writings, unstable as water, dimly cognizant of powers.
and possibilities within him, seeking in all directions for
knowledge, and knowing not that the restlessness of the
mind is the work of the refiner who straineth all things
through his sieve, dividing and separating the husk from
the grain, discovering the thoughts of the heart, purifying
and proving the spirit of man; and though the son of
Aquarius may be sojourning in a far country, satiated
with the husks of eternal knowledge, wearied with the
deceitful light of illusion, he uplifts his eyes and catches a
gleam from the star of wisdom.
It is then his soul awakens and his lips become touched
with the fire from off the altar, for within the castle dun-
geon, powerless, forgotten, fettered, he's a captive, the
heir to a throne. It is he who sees the crystal ray, and
as he drinks in the subtle essence, his fetters fall, the
prison door opens; the captive is free. Where there was
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
387
weakness there is now strength, and Urania, the wanderer,
the captive now claims the throne of Aquarius and dons the
lotus crown, emblem of newly awakened psychic powers.
We see the signicance of the first manifestations of this mystic
sign Aquarius, dominated by Saturn, until the captive has gained
his freedom and comes under the light of its higher ruler Urania,
and how it accords with the country it rules, as our friend Chauvigny
assures us. Truly we are in the midst of a divine law, unchangeable,
immutable and just.
"Each Person Has Free Will Within the Limits in
Which He Finds Himself." "The Nativity of
To-day Contains Desires of a Previous Expres-
sion of Life."
First, we take the central essence as the first principle in
physical expression which applies to the Sun, the combined
influence producing an attribute we term power. The
second principle, the instinctual consciousness, belongs to
the Moon. The attribute of these combined is collector;
third principle, the immortal mirror planet, Mercury, at-
tribute, reflector; fourth principle, the human soul, planet
Venus, attribute, love. The fifth principle is energy, planet
Mars, attribute, desire. The sixth principle is the perma-
nent individuality, planet Jupiter, attribute, compassion;
the seventh principle, the reaper, planet Saturn, attribute,
limitation. This table studied carefully will enable the
student to realize the uses of the various planets and the
principles and attributes contained therein.
For instance, we find in Mars, vigor, strength, also
that its use is energy, its abuse passion. Take a strong,
powerful man, if he uses his strength aright he will apply
himself in an energetic way to industrious pursuits and
expend his energies in useful work for himself and others,
7
388
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
helping the weak and protecting those who find in him a
helper and supporter; but on the other hand, if he abuse
his strength by indulgence and passion, or violent bursts
of anger, then he is making bad use of his quality of
strength and wasting his energies through abuse of what
should be of service, or in other words, he is destructive
instead of constructive. Then again, take the planet Mars
in the sign Taurus. This energizes the throat as signified
by Taurus, and this rule may ever be relied upon when
Mars is the ruler and free from affliction, but an afflicted
Mars in Taurus would give inflammation in the throat
instead of energy of speech, etc.
The two elements, physical senses and personal mind,
enter largely into the affairs of humanity, the physical
senses going outward in desire toward the animal or
grosser nature, and if the personal mind, which is limited
to the physical brain or abstract, first overcome anger, lust,
violence and selfishness, then progress is sure; for with the
body under complete control the individual is free to use
the higher mind which seeks the refined and beautiful and
brings harmony and peace. To rise above the limitations,
it is necessary to think each one for himself; seek to know
at first hand and realize that which has been mental con-
ception only, and when the external world loses its charm
and we begin our search for the kingdom that is within, it
is then that we break down the barriers and limitations of
Saturn.
If each person were simply an automaton or machine,
the conditions would be far different, and we could realize
how fate could bind him to limitations, but we find that
each person is in the possession of a free will within the
environments in which he finds himself; otherwise, knowl-
edge would not be power. For the ordinary animal man
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
389
it is quite true that a prediction can be made to-day that
will eventuate ten years hence; but if those who use their
free will were told that a certain habit were continued it
would produce a painful disease ten years hence, they
would use their mind in accordance with the strength of
their will to overcome that habit and control their body.
Thus it is clear that the mind must be schooled to become
master of his expression, and while man's will is free, his
desires bind him to what he himself has chosen to make
his destiny. The truth is that the nativity of to-day con-
tains the desires of a previous expression, and those desires
they are loth to leave to the animal man, that is, the man
who is bound to the senses and does not realize that he is
not his body. To such a man events will occur in his life
over which he has no control; for instance, a man falls in
love at sight with a pretty face, and without using his mind
to inquire into the young lady's character, he marries
in haste to repent at leisure. This man would be follow-
ing his fate, and every transit of Mars would excite his
passions and cause him to act rashly.
When a personality outgrows his environment or takes himself in
hand and begins to understand what self-control means, he rises out
of the houses and follows the order of the signs. The very fact of
our growing physically from childhood to manhood and womanhood
teaches us that we are not destined to remain always in one condition.
We are fated in the highest sense of the word to reach perfection.
CHAPTER XVII.
The Esoteric and Physical in Astrology.
We wish to devote our time to a few thoughts upon the
esoteric side of astrology. The difference between this
and the physical side lies in the power of feeling truth, or
what is known upon the physical plane as intuition. It is
by no means uncommon to find a very poor mathematician
possessed with excellent judgment, and to this class the
esoteric side is full of meaning.
We must keep in mind that all symbols are but objects
or marks to express an idea. The ideas are made in form
by the soul, and in the divine mind the universe was an
idealization before creation. We see that the exoteric side
of astrology is concerned only with the material and objec-
tive, concrete manifestations of the symbols and their inter-
pretations, while the esoteric deals with the ideal, the sub-
jective and the thoughts back of the manifestation.
Thus in our investigation of the esoteric we must look
to the source of all knowledge for an explanation of the
manifest. The greater our mentality the less we find we
know spiritually, and it is only by actual realization that
we may be sure of our knowledge. The more we analyze
self, the more distinct becomes the realization that only a
small part of the real self is expressed through the physical
heart and brain, and only as this power of feeling truth
develops, can the individual realize just how much he is
outside of the physical manifestations or limitations; and
though this individuality may endeavor to express his
ideas and purer thinking, he does not find the symbol to
390
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
391
express that which is beyond, and it is thus that humanity
climbs from the objective to the subjective, the realm
of the abstract and individual.
Who could think of loving purity and truth before the
idea of such a condition existed in the soul? It is the
ideal creation of perfection that is ever urging us on to
make it manifest in the flesh, so that humanity may carry
a permanent and abstract idea of that quality into the
heaven world, and right is chosen for right's sake only.
Then it is that we have placed ourselves on the normal line
of evolution, and are unifying ourselves, that is, our will
with the divine will.
Thus we perceive that the esoteric concerns itself with
the moral ethics, the point where the exoteric ends. We
can scarcely find symbols to convey ideas of the higher
spiritual conditions, that is, symbolize the Logos of this
solar system. We may say God is love, but no symboi
in this physical expression can express or convey the full
idea of love and it must actually be felt in order to be
realized. The Sun may stand for a symbol for the life
of divinity, which is ever radiating throughout the whole
of this system, but back of this life is the real Spiritual
Sun which the physical eye cannot discover.
From symbols we must pass on to Vibrations and
the Power of Sound, though before doing this we must
deal with Number and the Zodiac. In our former meetings
we have been dealing with the principle as expressed in the
symbols of the planets, and ere we can fully comprehend
their vibrations we must study and investigate their
Sheaths.
For the time being, we may consider the soul as the
kernel within the shell or physical body, and the Zodiac
as the soil into which it is planted, the growth springing
392
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
out of the vitalized spirit from the Spiritual Sun contained
within the seed, the quality being determined by the nature
of the signs out of which the branches spring.
The spirit essence is ever invisible, yet it moulds and
forms the matter in which it dwells, producing the sound
and color desired to express its purpose, and in considering
the twelve signs of the Zodiac from the esoteric side of as-
trology we must view them more from the subjective side of
existence than from the objective. There was a time when
there were but ten signs known, when Virgo-Scorpio was
one sign, which the addition of Libra divided, the sign of
form, and there may come a time when these three may be
united as well as others of the signs, but this need not,
for the moment, concern us. What we shall require to
understand is the quality of each sign, so that the nature
of the coming sign may be anticipated.
We see that Mercury was likened to the dragon. It seems that
the great difficulty in connection with the dragon was the mystery of
congress. Those who persisted in congress were bound to the fate
of this sphere. This would be natural, for being slaves of matter they
would be constantly drawn within the earth's attraction, and failing
to see the mysteries of light, followed the mysteries of congress.
The Individuality is in Reality the Seed; The Personality
is the Husbandman.
We desire to continue our subject relative to the esoteric
side of astrology, for it is this higher esoteric condition
that we find is continuous and existing, and is most es-
sential to the well being and progress of the human soul
when once it has thrown aside the chains of fate.
The divisions of the signs into groups of fire, earth, air
and water must be understood in a far higher sense than
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
393
the ordinary. From the essence of fire as spirit to the
ordinary fire there is a wide range of possible conditions;
so also of the earth. From that fine ethereal condition to
the most dense and concrete, such as rock, etc., there is a
wide and varied condition of matter also, the earthy nature
of Virgo being totally different from the concrete Capri-
corn, and so it is with air, which includes space and form;
and so with water we find many conditions, and beyond
these another element is claiming our attention, that of
ether, a factor left entirely out of the exoteric considera-
tions. We may consider the fire, water and earth as
thought, word and form, or again, we may say the spirit,
soul and body, and consider the air as the inner form or
the mould, and the ether as the aura surrounding the
whole; and when we come to consider these esoteric prin-
ciples fully, we see there is an Astrology totally and entirely
differing from that which we apply to this material mani-
festation; and we know that while we cannot see the
Infinite face to face, we may realize the existence of the
Divine Force by the manifestations.
Though we cannot always realize the God within,
whereby we may know the Divine Infinite, we need not
remain idle, but we can go out and seek Him in his divine
law that is ever working around and about us; for in the
microcosm is mirrored the macrocosm, and in the small
we find the potentiality of the great. As we come in
direct contact with the mortal world and perceive these
two conditions, we scarcely find one in a thousand who has
overcome the lunar indications at nativity. It is the won-
der of occultists and investigators, who do not take into
consideration the science of Astrology, that there are so
few among their ranks, and why so many apparently good
men, wise and clever, are not in their groups. But an
394
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
investigation of the nativities of many of the apparently
great men will reveal the secrets of Isis; for it is not the
worldly great or the famously clever who are always pure
and true; and to have put the Moon under our feet is
to have forfeited all that the external world holds dear.
The earth revolves once every twenty-four hours upon
her own axis and makes three hundred and sixty of these
revolutions to one of her circles around the Sun, and
while the Sun is passing through one single constellation
the earth has made many thousand revolutions.
The psalmist says a thousand years are as a day in the
sight of the Lord, and a lifetime upon the earth in physical
expression is but a brief span compared to the individual
existence.
In Exoteric, or the Physical Astrology, we may study
the Rising Sign and its Ruler, but when looking into the
Esoteric side we must study the ray from the Sun and look
carefully into its color and geometry. After this we must
consider the Moon illumination, for the ray is the seed,
the sign of the Zodiac the soil into which it falls, while the
lunar orb is the gardener who tends it.
Thus we see that the individuality is in reality the seed,
and the personality is the husbandman, both the sower
and the reaper, and the body is the vehicle or soil, out of
which the tree is to grow. The object is the result of the
subject, and in the ideal world is found all that which is
to become manifest in the various expressions of life eter-
nal.
It is gratifying to note the steady, onward march of progress that
is prevailing everywhere. We were referring to the sayings and
teachings, originally from Zoroaster, and taught by Christ.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
395
The Sun Casts 360 Distinct Rays Upon the Earth,
Known as the Twelve Signs of the Zodiac.
"Love is the Center of Our System."
The Sun casts three hundred and sixty distinct rays
upon this earth, each of which is known and recognized by
its number, color and sound. Seven of these we have
learned are primary rays, each having forty-nine sec-
ondary or sub rays, while ten are concerned with the prin-
cipal. The band or rays through which the rays are
manifesting is known as the twelve signs of the Zodiac,
and these are governed respectively by their rulers that
are beginning to affect in an esoteric way in the following
order: Aries, Mars; Taurus, Venus; Gemini, Mercury;
Cancer, Moon; Leo, the Sun; Virgo-Scorpio, unified
Vulcan; Libra, Earth; Sagittarius, Jupiter; Capricorn,
Saturn; Aquarius, Urania; Pisces, Neptune.
The sphere of influence of each sign may be known by its
ruler, also by its position in the circle and its known
quality, and in order to avoid complicated terms, obscure
phrases or misinterpretations of thought, we will speak in
plain, modern language that you can realize the spirit of
the meaning through the form.
In all judgments of nativities in the primary and usual
way, we think of the Sun as the heart of man, correspond-
ing as it does to the great heart of this solar system, the
vehicle through which light and heat are poured upon the
earth; that which is poured through the physical Sun,
as light and heat, is equivalent to the radiation of love from
each individual, and this is the seed that is to grow, call
it ray or Sun or what you will.
The idea is that Love is the centre of our system, and
love is in the centre of each and every individual. Love is
396
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
the ideal and the real. In our love is contained the will
and wisdom, and when manifested through the sheaths
of the signs, either one or the other of the attributes will
be more fully displayed; and by the link to the other
planets we may still further comprehend their quality in
this manner: Mars, desires; Saturn, limitations, etc.
In our investigation of the ray passing through the
signs we will first analyze the fiery groups, Aries, Leo and
Sagittarius. In the first, Aries, we have the welling up
of the force within, bursting out into expression and life,
giving the impulsive and ideal nature that we have learned-
rightly belongs to the Sun in Aries. This is also borne
out by the month over which Aries rules. In April the
green leaves have all burst forth and spring comes with its
freshness and beauty. If we note the character of Aries,
symbol of which is there pointed out, we can imagine the
rise of the sap from the top of the symbol, and its welling
over on all sides, fountain like. This is but an external
symbol of what does really occur in nature. The sap rises
in spring, and the branches spread and all the tree becomes
green. This ray then is fruitful, and its light bursts forth
and through, into the form it illuminates, and sheds its rays
on all around. This is the reason that we find the Sun ex-
alted when posited in Aries. The powers of the heart
have illuminated the brain, and from the ideal the future
is to spring, and in Leo we have the fulfillment of spring;
that which burst forth has ripened into fruit, and scent
and perfume pervade the air. All is warmth, and genial
sunshine is everywhere. It encompasses and surrounds
everyone. From Leo is radiated that love which encircles
and in its very nature is warmth, light and strength.
When working through Sagittarius the ray shoots upward
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
397
through devotion and seeks in it the wisdom of all true
religion.
In the distant past, when the Chaldean civilization was at its
height, though under a different name, for that time was prehistoric,
Astrology was the religion of the race and that Astrology was and
is one of the root rays of Religion; but between this real science and
the modern caricature there is as little connection as between the pres-
ent day conceptions of the death of Christ and the real self-sacrifice
of the Logos.
The Fiery Triplicity. Leo is Spirit Specialized; Sagit-
tarius is the Life Force, Energy.
In a careful investigation we may see that the fiery tri-
plicity is related very closely indeed with the principles of
love, will and wisdom. That is the will of Aries to burst
forth and illuminate; the love of Leo to nourish, sustain,
mature and maintain, and the wisdom of Sagittarius, which
darts into the ideal and unseen in order to realize its origin
and nature. In Aries we see the two branches, will and de-
sire, springing from the main root. In Leo we see the one
circle of love and protection, and in Sagittarius we see the
arrow which is to shoot out of both. If we think of Aries
as spirit, and of Taurus as matter, then the result of the
two signs in Gemini is consciousness. It is the mind's
functioning between the idealistic and the practical, and
all these three signs are, we may say, fostered, as it were,
in Cancer, as the mother.
In Leo there is something differing from Aries. There
is the same quality and nature, but while Aries is pouring
out of spirit only, of pure undifferentiated spirit, Leo is
spirit specialized, while Sagittarius is the life force, energy,
This three-fold nature enters into all things, as father,
mother, child. The great distinction between Leo and
the other signs is that Leo rules the heart, the emotions,
398
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
the spiritual feelings, the inner thought and consciousness.
The first triplicity is the intellectual trinity; the next, from
Leo downwards, is the heart trinity, while the last, from
Scorpio downwards, is the reproductive trinity.
Leo is the finest sign of the Zodiac when it is regener-
ated; at the same time it can be the worst sign, and it is
noticeable that some of the worst characters come out of
this sign. Leo is not milk and water. Leo children,
when not properly trained, are most tricky, artful and
deceptive, the reason of this being that they want to feel
and sense the ins and outs of everything. Leo is slow and
steady in working the spiritual essence which is at the
root of it and which has come to stay. All Leo people
work from the heart. They are most thorough, full of
desire, grit and stability. Leo is also a fixed sign. His
people are determined, both in good and evil; at the same
time they are possessed of deep emotions, and are easily
affected. They have great confidence in others. If the
evil side of Leo dominates, they become reserved and shut
up; they become suspicious, subtle, and we may say spirit-
ually wicked. Leo is noted for its fiery energy, not phys-
ical energy, but energy of feeling, springing from the heart.
Leo people are generous, free, tender-hearted, lovable and
loving. They throw out a kind of electricity which seems
to enwrap others and influence them. They are very mag-
netic.
We are now looking at Leo purely from the character
standpoint, as there may be other qualities shown out in
the natal figure. For instance, Leo rising in the east of
the map would express more than if Leo in the west.
Place and time do not exist as much for Leo persons as they
do for those belonging to the intellectual trinity. They
are unconscious of time and know nothing of space. They
!
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
399
can easily influence people at a distance, as well as those
near them. Leo is, in fact, one of the most difficult signs
to express. When people under this sign are once awak-
ened they acquire a wonderful amount of self-control;
but this is internal, not external. They have the weakest
will until they are awakened, because they wrap themselves
around with so much feeling that it blinds their will. They
find it difficult to take themselves in hand for the reason
that they are happy, generous and free. They throw off
trouble and do not meet it half way, and at times when
they do begin to control themselves they are apt to go to
the other extreme. One sad feature in Leo people is that
when once aroused to passion, they are for the time being
mad and unconscious of their acts. When their furious
energy is concentrated they are dangerous, but it is soon
over with. Will and love are identical. If a person wills
he can do anything he wishes for one beloved.
In the beginning there were only ten signs, that of Virgo-Scorpio
being one. When the fifth race was started they had to develop con-
centration. You are now in the fifth race, and it is necessary that
you prepare the way for what is coming in the sixth, in order that
perfection may come in the seventh.
The Fire and Air Triplicities Further Explained.
We will continue our subject, for it is of the great-
est important to humanity to realize this wisdom. If
we look at the Sun in Leo as setting forth spirit, then
we shall understand why we must have Mercury in Virgo,
with its three-fold character, combining the Sun, Moon
and the Cross, to bring Leo down from ideality into prac-
ticality; and these, worked out properly, bring equalized
perfection, as seen with Venus in Libra. Leo shows out
400
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
the past birth. It marks the storehouse of what is pos-
sessed; Sagittarius is the prophetic sign, showing out the
future condition; Leo points to the individuality; Aries
the personality, as also does Sagittarius. Leo is the store-
house of the garnered experience of the twelve signs. In
order to fully comprehend Leo we must live it, and the
best way in which Leo can realize its nature is by silence,
and thus the fulfillment of its mission is accomplished.
The curled up points of the symbol of Leo must be un-
curled, so as in the end to form a perfect circle like all
other signs.
The Leo person cannot play
He must either take the solar
There is a duality in Leo.
about so much as others do.
influence on the downward arc or lift the nature up into
the higher arc. If we think of man as the pentagon or
five-pointed star, we take Aries as standing for one or
positive; Taurus as two or negative; Gemini as three or
trine; Cancer as the square, the fatalistic sign, and Leo
as the pentagon.
We find that each of the groups of three signs represent-
ing the signs as divided into triplicities, has a definite
meaning of its own. The fiery group, as we have discov-
ered, represents the love principle, from will and desire.
at the apex spreading out into sympathy and devotion at
the base, thus forming a triangle. Draw a triangle from
right to left. Place Aries at the apex, Sagittarius at the
right and top; Leo at the bottom, to the right; then at the
apex, write will force, desire, energy, construction, and
between Sagittarius and Aries, fire; between Leo and
Aries, gold. At the top right hand, write religion, de-
votion, science; at the bottom to the right hand, write
creation, sympathy, generation. This as a whole indi-
cates the ideal world, each apex having a three-fold ex-
pression, made manifest in the words, Faith, Hope and
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
401
THOUGHT
CONCENTRATION
REALIZATION.
AIR.)
JUSTICE.
EQUILIBRIUM
BALANCE
SILVER.,
DUALITY.
EXPRESSION.
EDUCATION
EQUILIBRIUM.
FIRE.
WILL FORCE.
DESIRE.
ENERGY.
CONSTRUCTION,
RELIGION.
DEVOTION.
SCIENCE.
GOLD.
&
CONSTRUCTION.
CREATION.
SYMPATHY.
GENERATION.
402
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Charity, ideals that are yet to become realities; for when
desire ceases to lead by attraction from without, then will
begins to act from within, and true construction is the
result.
Therefore out of Aries must spring faith; then is the
Sun exalted, and the real progress begins. From Aries
we are led into Leo, where desire once again bursts forth
in generation, at the base of which the soul lingers long, but
once true sympathy is aroused, the soul is no longer linked
to generation, but it begins to create those ideals which
out of charity evolve compassion, while out of charity,
and compassion, dart the arrows of devotion, and hope
leads the soul onward until purified. Love is nailed fast
to the fixed cross over which hangs the final crown.
Then we may form a triangle for the airy triplicity,
drawing from left to right; just opposite from the fiery
triplicity at the right hand point at the apex, write equilib-
rium, and place the symbol of Libra and write justice, bal-
ance; at the bottom point to the left, place Gemini, and
write duality, expression and education; at the top apex to
the left, place Aquarius, write thought, concentration,
realization. This is of the airy triplicity, and the metal
of silver. This triangle denotes the metal world, each
apex marking the attributes of the mind. At the start the
soul is balanced between spirit and matter, and through
the descent downwards, it gains experience by education
and tastes of the fruit of good and evil, then rises upward
by prayer or will to concentrated thought.
We find many of the ancient philosophers asserted an anima
mundi, a soul which moved and animated the machine of the universe
and gave action to all causes of nature. It was the vitalizing principle
of the general system of things, and upon this pre-suppositional basis
must the mundane branch of astral physics be reared in a measure.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
403
Earth and Water Triplicities.
A careful study of these triangles, their symbols and
inner meaning will be of the greatest importance to those
seeking the higher principles. We find that out of duality
the soul gains unity with itself, finally attaining peace and
equilibrium, and from this it nails perfected manhood to
the fixed cross.
This will also foretell the conditions now evolving out
of the present fifth race. Many times must the soul
traverse these triangles, but through each sign must the
journey be made in their successive order. During the
primary expressions the soul may tarry upon the cross of
duality, to be slowly awakened by ambition and the desire
for fame and external power; then finally the most crit-
ical period is reached, the cardinal cross being weighted
by the load of self and ambition, though finally, piece by
piece, some quality finds its way to the fixed Rosycrux,
and the return of the life-wave rises up to the crown.
We can now descend to the concrete expression in the
earth and water triplicities, with a better understanding
of their purpose and objects. We will first take the water
triplicity. Draw a triangle, the point downwards. At
the right top point we place Scorpio, and write penetration,
judgment and psychology; at the left point, at the top,
we place Pisces and write silence, occultism, ultimation.
At the bottom point we place the cardinal sign Cancer, and
write memory, maturity, conservation, all focusing in
preservation. This is the triplicity of water, and metal,
of copper.
Then we take the earth triplicity. Draw a triangle, the
point upwards. At the right bottom point we place Virgo,
and write discernment, understanding, ceremony. At the
left bottom point, we place Taurus, and write patience,
economy, endurance. At the top point we place Capri-
corn, and write industry, perseverance, adhesiveness, this
404
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
PATIENCE.
PRACTICALITY.” SERVICE..
INDUSTRY PERSEVERANCE.
ADHESIVENESS.
ECONOMY
ENDURANCE.
IRON
"EARTH.
´DISCERNMENT.
M UNDERSTANDING.
CEREMONY..
PRACTICAL SERVICE, ETC.
SILENCE.
OCCULTISM.
ULTIMATUM.)
H
PENETRATION
JUDGEMENT.
PSYCHOLOGY.
M
COPPER.
WATER.,
MEMORY. MATURTY.
CONSERVATION
PRESERVATION.
ATTRIBUTES.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
405
triangle focalizing in practicality, service. This is the
earth triplicity and metal of iron.
We find that each and every soul must pass into the
realms of practicality in order to gain, through its contact
with matter, the realization of its own separate conscious-
ness, and this is where the great struggle begins, for lost
to the dreamy home of undefined ego it slowly realizes
its own separateness and individuality. As it wends its
way into matter it learns through ceremony to respect law
and order, and gathers up, through understanding gleaned
by the necessities of maintenance, that discernment which
is to finally procure the qualities of patience and endurance.
The practical working of the earthy triplicity is a most
beautiful expression. From industry and perseverance the
laborer becomes the husbandman, and in sowing he reaps,
and while content to serve, he earns the right to the profits
of his widening experience. Out of this is born the reali-
zation of all true service, which builds the sure foundation
for a permanent self-consciousness, and from this stage
he rises upon these emotions, which at first may be entirely
mixed up with desire, yet will lift his feet from off the con-
crete and lead him back to these higher realms from whence
he came to obtain self-consciousness.
In descending from the fire mist the qualities of faith,
hope and charity are latent in the soul; potentially they
are there in their essence, coming as the spirit does from
the Infinite All, but the formation of the soul as a vessel
for these principles, had taken vast and unknown periods
before it was ready as a vehicle for the spirit, or the spark
from the flame, having passed through the mineral, veg-
etable and animal kingdoms.
We must realize that the investigation of Astrology, as regards the
methods involved, the deliberation necessary, the preliminary institu-
tions and co-ordination of time and figures, these are as yet very little
understood, and it is ofttimes so that some unseen or overlooked
cause produces only too palpable effect. This is noted in all branches
of Astrology and must be carefully marked.
406
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
The Astral Plane. In this Are Stored the Records of the
Past. "The Fall of Man."
When the soul is formed in the ideal world it descends
through the manasic or mental regions to acquire a mind
body, and passing through the astral or desire regions it
acquires the astral body, through which the desires and
emotions may play, and is then finally clothed in a physical
body. During the period of physical incarnation, it brings
down the consciousness from above to meet that which has
been awakened by its contact with matter in the physical
world. It is a long, tedious journey, but a glorious future
lies before the soul, and thus we see the truth in the say-
ing, "he that ruleth his spirit is greater than he who taketh
a city."
In studying the esoteric side of astrology it is necessary
to know that the scheme of our evolution consists of seven
root races, to each of which are composed seven sub-races,
and that all life sweeps seven times round the seven worlds
connected with their evolution. The first race corresponds
to the golden age of which we have spoken heretofore;
the second to the silver age; the third to the copper age;
the fourth to the iron age; and we are now at the turning
point arising out of the dense materiality of the fourth
root race, having entered the fifth sub-race. As it is with
the major circles, so it is with man.
Humanity is now entering upon the upward arc, and
returning from the earth and iron age into that of water
and copper. It will not be an easy method for those who
are still limited in thought to follow this manner of evolu-
tion, but a close and careful study of these ideas in esoteric
astrology, and a familiarity with the fire, air, earth and
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
407
water triplicities, will assist to make it clear to all who
desire to know the truth.
It is very easy to comprehend that the earthy signs gov-
ern all that is physical, but what do the watery signs gov-
ern? As the earthy are practical, so are the watery emo-
tional, and as they govern everything that has to do with
feeling, they rule the desire nature. This is properly known
as the astral plane, and it is the plane into which we with-
draw upon what is known as disintegration of the physical,
and even in sleep, this being a withdrawal of the conscious-
ness from the physical brain and body.
In natal astrology the watery signs govern the occult
houses. At the apex, descending downwards, is the fourth
house, the house in which the memory of the past has
been preserved and matured. When the Moon is under
foot and fate overcome by the will, then the astral regions
may be explored, but in the baptism of this initiation,
purification is demanded, and tenaciously must the soul
hold on to the wandering emotions, ere the psychology of
penetrative judgment be reached.
The secretions of Scorpio must be indrawn to fill the
breast that shall succor and sustain all that need help and
assistance. In this astral light, as we have learned, are
stored the records of the past, and before the judgment seat
all will, in their turn, pass to be judged and take the waters
of Lethe. Fine steel may cut its way through the astral
plane, but iron is too heavy to float upon its waters; there-
fore transmutation is needed, ere the soul can stand the
solution that is to separate the gross from the fine.
The fall of man from his high estate is a wonderful
study, and any study or investigation in this direction
which can elucidate the mystery, is valuable to those who
408
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
incline toward the esoteric, and a higher wisdom of evo-
lutioned life; for out of each of the triangles something
must be nailed to the well-known three crosses, the com-
mon, cardinal and fixed signs which go to make up these
crosses.
Our sins are rather of omission than commission, and sceptics
cannot get away from the fact that forecasts based upon the assump-
tion of stellar law and influence can be and are continually made
which mere conjecture, by the most lucidly reasoning human being,
could never evolve.
Common and Cardinal Signs. Life Waves. Descent of
Spirit Into Matter.
We will endeavor to give you a better idea of the fixed,
common and cardinal signs. First we draw a cross at the
top point, write solidarity and place Taurus there, to the
left the Sun, to the right place the Moon; then to the left
point place Leo, and write compassion; to the right point,
place Aquarius, and write perfected manhood; below this
place Urania; at the bottom point place Scorpio, and write
judgment. This constitutes the fixed cross.
Then come the common signs. Write devotion at the
top point, write solidarity, and place Taurus there, to the
Pisces, and beneath place Neptune, and write purified
emotion; to the right point place Virgo, and beneath place
Mercury, and write purity; at the bottom point place
Gemini, and write discrimination, silence. This consti-
tutes the common cross.
. Next we have the cardinal signs. At the top point place
Capricorn and write service, and to the left point place
Aries and Mars and write faith and reason; to the right
point place Libra and write equilibrium; below this place
Saturn, and on the left side place the Sun. At the bottom
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
409
FIXED CROSS
SOLIDITY.
>
ww PERFECTED
MANHOOD.
1
COMPASSION.
·?
성
​M
JUDGEMENT.
COMMON CROSS
DEVOTION
PURIFIED H
EMOTION
*
юс
-M PURITY"
SILENCE DISCRIMINATION.
CARDINAL_CROSS.
.SERVICE.
(FAITH. Y
REASON.
= EQUILIBRIUM.
¡PRESERVATION.
FIXED, COMMON AND CARDINAL CROSSES.
410
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
point place Cancer, and write preservation. This consti-
tutes the cardinal cross, and by taking them in their order
place them one upon the other, and you will have the com-
plete figure composed of the twelve houses and signs. A
careful study of these will enable you to obtain a knowledge
of their esoteric value when taken separately and collec-
tively.
We wish now to call your attention to the life waves
which correspond to the evolution of all universal life.
These life waves do not pass around the septenary chains
or circuits of the seven planets by an even, regular, con-
tinuous motion, but in waves or impulses; as for instance,
the life wave of the mineral evolution begins upon planet
Number One. It will go through its active evolution
until it arrives at its height or climax, and then by a sud-
den impulse it flows or passes on to planet Number Two.
It has completely left the shores of Number One, while
the next wave, that is the vegetable, is just beginning to
manifest its powers on the first planet. In the meantime
the mineral travels onward to Number Three, etc. The
average length of time or duration of any life wave upon
one planet, from its first manifestation to its termination,
is reckoned at two million five hundred and ninety-six
thousand years. There are seven of these waves, just as
there are seven of the primary colors, planets, etc., seven
active emanations of the Sephiroth.
In order to better illustrate the involution of spirit and
the evolution of matter, known better as the descent of
spirit into matter, we will briefly examine in outline the
systematic and harmonious processes that nature follows
in a complete evolution of a planet similar to the construc-
tion of our earth.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
411
In the first place we must keep in mind that there are
seven first principles, seven ruling powers in the law of
nature, and also that matter is but the most remote expres-
sion of spirit, and the farther a state of matter is removed
from its source the more dense it becomes, until spirit
expresses itself in mineral or metallic forms, becomes as
veins and bodies of mineral ores in the body of the planet,
and towers itself upon that planet's surface in granite
mountains and limestone hills, so that the boundless space
is filled with a fine invisible dust of condensed matter,
which we may know best as Cosmic Dust.
Furthermore, Nature's operations are performed in an
endless series of waves each in their motion forming grace-
ful curves. The rise and fall of the arc of these curves
form their cycle of duration. The seven kingdoms or
forces are the three elemental and invisible, and the four
objective and visible planes of nature, while their order or
form of evolution is thus, first, spiritual; second, the
astral; third, the gaseous; fourth, the mineral; fifth, veg-
etable; sixth, animal; and seventh, the human.
We see clearly that the realms which natural scientists have been
vainly endeavoring to penetrate are rapidly being opened by those
who first have become masters of their own kingdom, self, ere
attempting to unravel other mysteries. Scientists must first grasp
the idea that to understand and conquer self is to know all in the
universe, for as we have learned, man is an epitome, the image of
good; hence to know man is to comprehend the all. We shall find
the way to wisdom.
CHAPTER XVIII.
Genesis Explained and Illustrated.
Once again we will endeavor to give out thoughts
which we feel are of great importance to all humanity.
We found the seven principles or forms of evolution,
and also that each of the seven planets works in perfect
harmony as the seven rulers.
In order to express the facts relative to this law of evo-
lution, we will use a biblical illustration, and explain
esoterically the six days of Creation mentioned in Genesis.
We find that each day referred to, is what we may term
a polar day. The words evening and morning signify
the two halves of the polar cycle. It is noticed that the
evening is first mentioned and the morning last. This is
really true. The dark or undeveloped portion of each
wave is the first half, and symbolically signifies night;
in the same way, morning signifies light or the last half
of the life wave, and it must be kept in mind that the spir-
itual impulse or wave must of necessity pass around the
orbit that has ultimately to be traversed by the future
planet, ere anything can transpire.
It is this Divine Will, sent forth by the spirit state, that
is equivalent to The Word, or idea of certain ancient writ-
ings. This first attracts within its orbit the latent cosmic
matter of space, and transforms it into embryonic, nebu-
lous light, the star dust or radiant fire mist, which is the
form of all primitive creation. There is no specific dura-
tion of this state. It may last for millions of ages ere the
412
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
413
actual evolution of a planet ; and previous to the symbolical
six days creation our planet may have existed for untold
cycles in a nebulous condition, in the exact size of its
orbital ring.
We will now analyze the first day of creation. First,
the evolution of the astral wave, that is, currents of astral
light projected into active evolution and the nebulous mat-
ter was transformed into a rapidly revolving globe of fire,
which solidified and cooled through the same force in
natural law, the intense concentration of the other planets
in their various angles and positions they formed to one
another, just as they affect one another to-day. Fire
was dominant for the first half of the polar day, and when
its surface had become cool enough to allow the heated
vapors of its immense atmosphere to condense and form
water, this element was rapidly produced during the first
day of creation, and in this way this globe was formed.
During the first day of creation, the first half of the
evening was given to the dominion of fire alone; the latter
half, morning, was one ceaseless war between the two
opposing elements, fire and water. This evening and
morning constituted the first polar day, while these two
periods of the polar cycle are each one million two hundred
and ninety-eight thousand years, and known to the an-
cients as the age of Treta Yuga. Thus were the cosmic
elements of space gathered together, and from these were
produced the elements of fire and water, the fire ruling the
night or evening, the water having dominion of the day
or morning.
By a careful study you will see that a vast globe of fire
was the product of the gathering together of the cosmic
dust, and as a matter of fact, fire and heat are the result
of force and motion, so that the two primary forces of
414
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
attraction and repulsion are thus evolved, and the motions
and movements of the stars and planets of the heavens
consequently established. First we have the evolution of
the gaseous wave, and the evolution of a complete atmos-
phere was a result. The various constituent elements
of our atmosphere were duly proportioned by the laws
of chemical affinity. This constituted the second day.
Here we see the first two principles, fire and water, which
correspond to spirit and astral light, were brought into
action and during the second day the earth became thor-
oughly condensed and continents formed.
The Successive Gaseous, Vegetable and Animal Waves.
After the gaseous, followed the great mineral wave
and the spirit atoms of future egos, so to speak, became
incarnated. The various formations of earth took place,
mountains, continents, etc., while those above the surface
of the water became the ocean bottom, taking with them
their imprisoned atoms and the oceans now occupy their
proper beds.
beds. This period constituted the third polar day.
Here we see that after active operations of spirit and the
astral light, the gaseous and mineral waves have prepared
the earth for the evolution of the first vegetable forms, and
thus the vegetable wave reaches the barren shores of our
planet, and produces the first rudimental forms of veg-
etable life, which develop into the most gigantic forms,
rude and unshapely as the planet on which they grow.
But as time goes on, so does the vegetable kingdom, each
age giving place to still more perfect forms of vegetable
life.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
415
Thus, the gaseous, mineral and vegetable waves, having
run their courses, the animal life wave now sets in, and
successively evolves the various orders of animal life, race
after race appearing, running their destined course and
becoming extinct, giving place to the higher and more
complex organisms.
Thus the various waves of evolution have prepared the
planet for Nature's grandest climax, the human form,
Man. During former periods the vegetable and mineral
have become evolved, and when Man appears upon the
scene, everything is in a vastly improved condition, and
more highly developed when compared with the conditions
of the early monstrous forms. Thus was this planet
made ready to receive the soul that took upon itself the
matter form, in accordance with the conditions then exist-
ing upon the earth, compared to the various ages.
We find man living in what tradition speaks of as the
golden age, a time when mankind lived in a purer, hap-
pier state, true Adams and Eves, we may say, in the spir-
itual image of Good. This was the culmination of the
ascending arc of that cycle of evolution when man was
in the summer of his perfection, which he had reached by
a long period of evolution upon other planets, and had
attained to a knowledge and understanding of the laws of
nature and of the laws of life, being such that the soul
dominated the body, and having dominion over all the
elements and forces of the earth, utilizing the Akasa of the
magneted currents of our globe, as the elements were by
their art and wisdom rendered objective to them.
This was in truth, the Golden Age, but we find there are
descending arcs, which we may term devolution, as well
as ascending arcs of evolution, that is, the lower qualities
416
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
began to assert themselves. As first instance, we read
that the Sons of God saw that the daughters of men were
fair to look upon, that is, those who had not made these
high spiritual attainments, and they took to themselves
wives, and thus began to fall away from the higher princi-
ples, and drift into the whirlpool of devolution, having
ceased to live that high, pure life by which true wisdom
can be known and lived. This descending arc culminated
in the Iron Age, and the soul of man, once dipped in the
material environments, prepares to find its way upwards.
again to the light.
The Golden Age was followed by the Silver Age.
These descendants, comparatively pure, and able to con-
trol the psychic currents, were far inferior to their fore-
fathers of the golden age. In the third, or Copper Age,
people were, in the same comparison, inferior to those of
the silver age, Mankind was on the downward arc; lies,
deceit and selfishness became engendered in the copper
age. Thus the power of controlling the psychic currents
was lost, and from this emanated a school of what is
known as Black Magic. It was in this age, too, that the
first elements of that curse of mankind arose, that is,
Caste. This, the Copper Age, was the last remnant of
those who inherited the divine wisdom of those who ex-
isted in the period of the Golden Age.
We see the meeting of spirit and matter and the result is form,
the real first of the human race. Wisdom in its divinity has only
to do with the soul of man and woman. It is not associated with
matter. Thus in order to come into wisdom's vibrations we must
let our soul take its flight out beyond the confines of matter and re-
alize all there is of life.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
417
{
The Iron Age of Horrors. Descriptive Verse by an
Initiate.
We have now advanced in our investigation through the
Golden Age down to the Silver Age and on into the Copper
Age, and now the Adamic race reaches the lowest possible
point in its descending arc, in the fourth race or Iron Age.
This was the first of that cycle of the gross physical races,
who became mighty hunters and ate flesh meat, and whose
animal passions alone ruled their pleasures and enjoy-
ments. From this day the nations became migratory
monads, losing all trace of the civilization which belonged
to the earlier copper races. This is the esoteric explana-
tion of the four ages of antiquity, and refers to the first
round of mankind upon this newly created planet. The
other cycle of years, termed Golden, Silver and Copper,
refer solely to our earth's climate, caused by polar motion.
An initiate speaking of the awful Iron Age of horror,
says:
In this dread time, the chimera of her birth,-
In this dread time the Cyclops cursed the earth;
And giants huge, of horrid, monster form,
Ravaged earth, and strove e'en heaven to storm.
This was the Iron Age, and Python's reign,
When solar Suns burnt up the grain,
And sudden thaws inundated every plain;
Hence, towers, walls and pyramids arose,
Whose ponderous bulk might all their rage oppose;
And Arrinian chiefs bid Babel's towers arise,
On Shinar's plains, aspiring to the skies;
Whose eight-coiled dragon, twining round the whole,
Shows that eight cycles round the Northern Pole,
At four degrees asunder closed their view;
418
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
And which proved its latitude was thirty-two.
And still in thirty-two, beneath the starry host,
The eight-coiled dragon moulders in the dust;
By Cyrus overthrown, who raised the pile,
Round which the stars and dragon once did coil;
But still its form, its history declares,
An hoary age, upwards of two million years.
Much might be said as to the different climates which
followed under the different inclinations of our earth's
pole, but we have shown enough to give a general idea as to
the actual causes of the fierce geological changes that are
brought about by polar motion, during one great polar
day when the pole moves once round its orbit, similar to
the index finger of a clock. We find by a close study of
Ezekiel's wheel, it teaches the same idea that the universe
is not a spontaneous creation, but an evolution from pre-
existing matter; that it is only one of a series of universes;
that eternity is pointed off into grand cycles, in each of
which twelve transformations occur, following its par-
tial destruction by fire and water alternately, so that
when a minor period sets in, the earth is so changed,
even geographically, as to be practically a new world;
that of these twelve transformations, the earth after each
of the first six, is more gross and everything upon it, Man
included, is more material, but after the remaining six
the world becomes more refined and spiritual.
When the apex, that of the cycle, is reached, a grand dis-
solution takes place, and all forms are destroyed, but when
that point is reached humanity has become fitted to live
subjectively as well as objectively, and after a time all who
have not reached the highest heaven, return and form, as
it were, a new world, and this stupendous conception the
ancients synthesized for the instruction of the common
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
419
people into a simple pictorial design, that is, the Zodiacal
belt, though instead of the twelve signs now used there
were but ten. None but the initiates knew the mystical
signs whose present appellations conceal the true names
which give the key to the whole secret of creation and origin
of good and evil. The twelve signs were divided into two
groups and called the ascending macrocosm, and descend-
ing line, microcosm, the latter being the reflection of the
former. First came the five ascending signs, Aries, Tau-
rus, Gemini, Cancer and Leo, and the group concluded
with Virgo-Scorpio. Then came the turning point Libra,
after which the first half of the sign Virgo-Scorpio was
duplicated to lead the lower group upwards.
We see the last point in the arc of spiritual involution impinges
upon the highest arc of material evolution and forms the origin of
man. The evolution of the remaining root races having taken place,
the life impulse begins to ebb, and slowly quits our shore, and our
earth for the first time enjoys a rest. The six days of creation are
then at an end, and the seventh is the day of rest.
Asteroids: Their Origin and Influence.
We are desirous of giving the truth of life as far as our
unfoldment will permit, and this day we desire to call your
attention to the minor planets, or what are termed by
modern astronomers, the Asteroids. They are upwards
of four hundred in number, of varied size, revolving round
the Sun in elliptical orbits between Mars and Jupiter, and
while the ancient astronomers were familiar with them,
they were lost sight of, and are peculiarly the discovery
of the present century.
The ancients found a curious relation existing between
the planets and the Sun, that is, their relative distance from
the Sun, and we believe modern investigators have given.
420
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
this subject attention also. Take the following numbers,
cipher, three, six, twelve, twenty-four, forty-eight, ninety-
six, one hundred and ninety-two, three hundred and
eighty-four; you will notice that each of these is double
the preceding number, and by adding four to each we
obtain the following result: four, seven, ten, sixteen,
twenty-eight, fifty-two, one hundred and ninety-six and
three hundred and eighty-eight. It will be found that
these numbers represent the relative distances of the plan-
ets from the Sun. It demonstrates that there is a har-
mony in all things by nature, the result of intelligent
design, and upon examining these numbers, it will be
found they represent the planets in the following order:
four, to Mercury; seven, to Venus; ten, to the earth; six-
teen, to Mars; twenty-eight, to the group of minor planets;
fifty-two, to Jupiter; one hundred, to Saturn; one hun-
dred and ninety-six, to Urania, and three hundred and
eighty-eight, to Neptune.
There is also another planet not yet known to our earth's
inhabitants, but it will be discovered in its proper time.
This planet is represented by its number in the same man-
ner as the preceding ones, and if the astronomers will give
it attention, they may discover this planet by this law of
relative distance.
At the time of the discovery of Urania by William
Herschel, on the thirteenth day of March, one thousand
seven hundred and eighty-one, it was through the investi-
gation of an individual named Bode, of Berlin, who worked
out this theory to a practical demonstration. This was
considered by Herschel, making his search for this planet,
together with the influence coming from that place approx-
imately through astrological influences.
The same with the planet Neptune, first observed by
Galle, of Berlin, on the twenty-third of September, one
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
421
thousand eight hundred and forty-six. Finding that the
positions corresponded to the figures, it was given out that
there was a planet occupying the position corresponding
to the number twenty-eight, and this was fulfilled, when
the first night of the present century, the first of January,
one thousand eight hundred and one, Piazzi, at Palermo,
observed that which we know as the asteroid Ceres and
noted as a star of the eighth magnitude in the constellation
Taurus. One year afterwards, Olbers, at Bremen, ob-
served another of these planets named Pallas, followed
by the observation of Juno in one thousand eight hundred
and four, and of Vesta in one thousand eight hundred and
seven.
There are four hundred and twenty-seven of these small
bodies revolving round the Sun at the distance approx-
imately indicated by the number twenty-eight. The four
named are the largest. The diameter of Ceres is five
hundred and twenty-five miles; Pallas, three hundred and
seven miles; Vesta, two hundred and forty-one miles;
Juno, one hundred and eighty-two miles; while many are
not more than five to twenty-five miles in diameter, and
many are too small to be visible from the earth, at least
at the present time. Their orbits are decidedly irregular.
The one nearest the Sun, Medusa, performs its revolution
in a period of three years, while the most distant, Thule,
takes upwards of nine years. We also find that the orbital
planes of many of these planets are inclined considerably
to the ecliptic, Pallas having an inclination of thirty-four
degrees.
Asteroids. Their Influence on Earth. Gladstone's
Death.
It has been a matter of conjecture how these minor
planets were formed. Some contend that as they show
a tendency to form into two groups, it proves they were
422
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
formed by the coming together of two larger bodies; others
contend that they are rough material intended for use in
the construction of a future globe. These are both in
part right, but the facts are that these planets are the
result of a ring thrown off by the Sun when in a nebulous
condition, which ring, instead of forming one planet,
cooled down into a number of small bodies, and in time
these planets will, through the evolutionary system recently
treated upon, form themselves into two planets, compara-
tively polar opposites in nature, one having the influence
of Mars, the other the influence of Jupiter. But this we
shall have an opportunity to study many ages hence.
These asteroids do cast an influence to the earth, though
it is scarcely considered by modern investigators in their
research; but the influence now dominating will tend to
bring them to the notice of thinking minds, as well as the
various fixed stars. That they exert a wonderful astro-
logical influence is shown when it is considered that they
are permanent and definite members of our solar system.
In modern times the influence of Urania and Neptune
has been observed, and it is now time for astrologers to
turn to the asteroids or minor planets, and carefully note
their effect upon our earth. It seems no ephemerists have
yet thought it necessary to publish their yearly elements,
and consequently the student must look to the nautical
almanac, and convert the right ascension and declination
there given for every twelfth day into latitude and longi-
tude for himself. It will be wise for the ephemeris-makers
to include the elements of the four chief asteroids in their
annual publications, and it will then be useful to notice
their positions and aspects in mundane astrology, espe-
cially their solar ingresses and lunations.
Take, for instance, the Sun in opposition to Ceres from
the ninth and third. This would show liability to railway
accidents, criticisms of the press, scientific arguments, etc.,
while on the other hand Vesta is more benefic in its effects,
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
423
though as a whole the Asteroids are dependent upon their
positions in the signs and conjunctions with other planets,
as they are quite controvertible in their effects, and it will
require especial observation to arrive at exact results and
apply them to the present conditions. It will also be
found that the unusual latitude of some of them, Pallas
especially, makes their real position differ considerably
from that which they apparently have by longitude, and
this complicates the problem to be solved.
Previous to the death of Gladstone, Ceres had been
transiting the ascendant, also the Sun and Moon. This
would tend to bring illness and severe neuralgic attacks.
Of the four Asteroids, Ceres is least distant from the
ecliptic and is therefore the most important in its move-
ments. In addition to mundane astrology and transits
it will be necessary to note well the effects upon the atmos-
pheric conditions. Especially when the Sun aspects the
asteroïds it will be found to have a wonderful effect, but
in this also the latitude must not be lost sight of, for the
farther apart the less the effect. The question will arise as
to whether they have some common influence or whether
they differ, but we find that they are divided into two
groups and are of two influences, as the fact of their
revolving in their orbits, that are taken together as one,
points to a community of nature.
The asteroids are numbered according to chronological
discoveries in order; Ceres, Juno, Pallas and Vesta, are
in the order named and are of most importance. We
shall be able to gather still more light upon these planets.
We must trust in man to save him,
Make him feel he is a man;
Then the good that is within him
Strives to do the best it can.
But call him rascal, and we drive
Him from all goodness by the ban;
And the bad that is within him
Strives to do the worst it can.
424
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Natal Figures of Noted People. Napoleon Bonaparte.
We wish to give you the natal figure of one prominent
in history, namely, Napoleon the First. Modern writers
disagree as to the hour of his birth, some claiming it to
be seven A. M., still others giving his time of birth as
nine forty-five A. M. Neither of these is correct. For
instance, the hour of nine forty-five would give the middle
portion of the sign Libra rising, and any who are at all
familiar with Napoleon's life and personal appearance
will know that he was not a Libra character. His actual
time of birth was August fifteenth, one thousand seven
hundred and sixty-nine, at eleven o'clock and thirty-one
minutes in the morning; place, Corsica. We find by erect-
ing a figure for this time, at the place of birth, it would give
six degrees and forty-two minutes of the sign Scorpio on
the ascendant. The fifth degree of Sagittarius is on the
cusp of the second house; the ninth degree of Capricorn
is on the cusp of the third; the fourteenth degree of
Aquarius is on the cusp of the fourth house; the seven-
teenth degree of Pisces is on the cusp of the fifth; the four-
teenth degree of Aries on the cusp of the sixth; the seventh
degree and forty-second minute of Taurus on the seventh
cusp; the fifth degree of Gemini on the eighth cusp; the
ninth degree of Cancer on the ninth cusp, and the four-
teenth degree of Leo is culminating on the tenth; the
seventeenth degree of Virgo is on the cusp of the eleventh ;
and the fourteenth degree of Libra on the twelfth cusp.
The Sunwefind in thetwenty-second degree and forty-sixth
minute of Leo in the tenth house, and Mars in the twelfth
degree and fifth minute of Virgo, also in the tenth; Mer-
cury we find posited in the sixth degree and seventh min-
ute of Leo in the ninth; Saturn in the twenty-ninth degree
and forty-sixth minute of Cancer in the ninth house;
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
425
14%
ww
*
M
742
$5
Ᏹ
214°
Q22:46 $6.7
$12.5
12'5'
11
REGULUS
10
9
NAPOLEON 1ST
SOUTH SCALE12/ BORN AUG 15TH
~1769~
29'46
مووی
$7.6
ALDEBARAN
HYADES.
NORTH SCALE 1 | AT 11,31. A.M. /6
2415°9′
20
ANTARES
CORSICA
3
4
5
I5
111-371
W
7°42'
me
D28.59
II
ww
ww 14°
717°
HOROSCOPE OF NAPOLEON FIRST.
426
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Venus in the seventh degree and sixth minute of Cancer
in the eighth house; Urania in the eleventh degree and
thirty-seventh minute of Taurus in the seventh. We find
the Moon in the twenty-eighth degree and fifty-ninth min-
ute of Capricorn in the third house, while we find the
character in part signified by Jupiter in the first in the
fifteenth degree and ninth minute of Scorpio.
Regulus we find near the place of the Sun in Leo;
Aldebaran we find near the conjunction of the eighth
cusp, also Hyades just below, in the seventh house; An-
tares we find near the second cusp in Sagittarius. The
North Scale is conjoined with Jupiter in the first in Scor-
pio; the South Scale singularly placed in the twelfth house
near the Ascendant. These are the principal stars which
have influence upon the life of Napoleon. There are few
who have so many fixed stars so prominently located in
the natal figure at birth. The declinations are, the Sun,
thirteen degrees and fifty-nine minutes North; the Moon,
seventeen degrees and forty-one minutes South; Mercury,
nineteen degrees and fifteen minutes North; Venus, twenty
degrees and nine minutes North; Mars, seven degrees and
fifty-nine minutes North; Jupiter, fifteen degrees and
thirty-four minutes South; Saturn, twenty-one degrees
and four minutes North; Urania, fourteen degrees and
fifty-six minutes North. The aspects of the Moon are:
Moon opposition to Saturn, also to Mercury and sesquidi-
ate with Mars; the Sun is square to Jupiter and parallel
to Urania; Jupiter is opposition to Urania and sextile to
Mars; Mars is trine to Urania. Venus is sextile to
Urania, Mercury is joined witlı Saturn, also parallel to
Venus, and Venus is sextile to Mars and parallel to Sat-
urn; Jupiter is parallel to Urania and Mercury is square
to Urania. We will go into an analysis of this map at an-
other time.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
427
Interpretation of the Map of Napoleon the First.
We will now give our attention to an interpretation of
this map of Napoleon the First. We recognize the fact that
many will not agree with this time of birth, but at the
same time there is no historical authority for another time,
and Jupiter in Scorpio, of itself on the ascendant, shows
the personality of Napoleon. At eleven o'clock thirty-one
minutes we find Mars and the Sun both on the meridian,
while Mars, the lord of Scorpio, is in close sextile to Jupiter
from the tenth and first, signifying success in battle. The
position of Mars near the eleventh house indicates a pow-
erful ally in battle, but being in his detriment in Virgo
this would cause indiscretion and rashness in contention,
and could not stay his descent from power.
The description of Napoleon is quite in harmony with
the Scorpio person, the nose being slightly curved and
rather long and the eyes having a fixed, sharp, penetrating
look. Another strong confirmation of the correctness of
this figure is that Napoleon's midheaven is here the nadir
of the younger Napoleon, that is, the fourteenth degree of
Leo, which is on Napoleon's tenth, is on the fourth of the
younger Napoleon, a feature which often occurs in the
nativities of parent and child.
The position of Urania in the seventh house, in opposi-
tion to Jupiter, alone accounts for Napoleon divorcing his
empress, and is also a strong signification of the opposition
he met with in life, as the seventh house represents the
general public. His credit there would fluctuate. His
supporters were, however, more numerous than his oppo-
nents, as signified by Mars sextile to Jupiter, these planets
being elevated.
428
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Mars in the tenth in trine to Urania in the house of war
and sextile to Jupiter gave him military support, and indi-
cated the success in warfare which gave him his throne,
Jupiter being in the ascendant; also Regulus, a star of the
nature of Mars and Jupiter is conjoined with the Sun in
the tenth. This brings military preferment, but ultimate
disgrace.
The North Scale, a star of good fortune, ascends with
Jupiter; Saturn in the ninth house in opposition to the
Moon brought him disaster in distant lands, as he would
there meet with deceit, treachery and starvation. Aqua-
rius has dominion over Russia, as we have learned.
Urania has rule in this sign, and Mars being in his detri-
ment, were the chief causes of the Moscow catastrophe.
The man's ambition, self-confidence, pugnacity and
vanity were inspired by Jupiter square to the Sun, while
Jupiter sextile to Mars in elevation, and Jupiter in Scorpio
gave him force of character and determination, making
him steadfast of purpose, inflexible and unflinching, bold
and desirous of fame and honor.
Those who have Mars so prominent at birth rarely scru-
ple to sacrifice others to gain their ends.
Jupiter rising in Scorpio would make him egotistical;
Moon in opposition and Mercury in conjunction to Saturn
would add wariness, finesse, fear of the unknown and a
leaning to occult science. Urania in Taurus would also
give a tendency to the occult. Moon in opposition to Mer-
cury gave him marked mental qualities.
The evil houses are the seventh and ninth, being occu-
pied by Urania and Saturn, and these planets in affliction
would assist in his downfall. Saturn is in a house of long
journeys, also a watery sign, Cancer, and on the threshold
of a fiery sign, Leo, which signifies disaster by land, fire,
sea and water.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
429
Saturn is in Cancer, ruling the breast and stomach.
Opposition to the Moon shows organic weakness of the
stomach and active system, which disease would be chronic,
signified by Saturn. It is significant that Napoleon died
of cancer of the stomach. Sun square to Jupiter would
produce derangement of liver and blood. It is noticeable
that Venus is receiving a sextile of both Mars and Urania.
Horoscope of Queen Marie Antoinette.
Our idea in giving these data is to describe various
personalities in a way that will be comprehensible to all
mankind. In the year one thousand seven hundred and
fifty-five, on the second day of November, at the hour of
seven o'clock and thirty minutes, there came into material
manifestation a noted personage in the history of the
world, namely, Marie Antoinette, Queen of France. At this
time we find the fourth degree and nineteenth minute of
Cancer upon the ascendant; the twentieth degree of Can-
cer upon the second; the tenth degree of Leo on the third;
the twenty-second degree of Taurus on the twelfth; the
sixth degree of Aries on the eleventh; and the second de-
gree of Pisces culminating on the midheaven, and the
opposite degrees upon the opposite cusps of the other
houses.
We find the Sun in the tenth degree and twenty-seventh
minute of Scorpio in the fifth house; Venus in the eleventh
degree and forty-first minute in the same sign and house;
the Moon in twentieth degree and fifty-sixth minute of
Libra; also in the fifth; Jupiter in the seventh degree and
forty-ninth minute of Libra, also in the fifth; Mercury in
the third degree and third minute of Sagittarius in the sixth
house; Mars in the sixteenth degree and twenty-ninth min-
430
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
ute of Cancer; Saturn in the twenty-third degree and eighth
minute of Capricorn, in the eighth house; Urania we find in
the tenth house, in the eleventh degree and third minute of
Pisces. We find the fixed star Fomalhaut near the cusp of
the tenth, which is of the nature of Mercury and Venus; the
fixed star Markab near Urania, of the nature of Saturn,
gives cuts and blows; we find Castor near Mars in Cancer,
nature of Saturn and Mars; Pollux, near the second cusp,
which is of good fortune; Arista is near the Moon in
Libra in the fifth. This gives great renown.
Now we will consider the various aspects and declina-
tions. The declination of the Moon is six degrees and
fifty-seven minutes South; the Sun, fourteen degrees and
fifty-seven minutes South; Urania, eight degrees and
twenty minutes South; Saturn twenty-one degrees and
thirty-one minutes South; Jupiter, one degree and fifty-
seven minutes South; Mars, twenty-three degrees and forty-
seven minutes South; Mars, twenty-three degrees and
twenty-seven minutes South; Venus, fourteen degrees and
thirty-five minutes South. In the aspects we find the Sun
in conjunction to Venus, trine to Mars and Urania; the
Moon square to Mars and square to Saturn; Urania trine
to Mars; Saturn opposition to Mars; Venus, trine to
Urania; Jupiter sextile to Mercury; Mars parallel to Mer-
cury and trine to Venus.
In this natal chart we find Mars ascending in his detri-
ment in Cancer; and we find Mars particularly vicious in
this sign.
This usually brings much misfortune and
humiliation, and especially when afflicted by Saturn as in
this instance.
You will notice Saturn posited in the house of death, and
square to the Moon; also Mars opposition to Saturn and
the malefics in elevation. This is, as we have learned,
all significant of a violent death. Mars is dominant in
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
431
II
П22
w
w
is
FOMHUNT
H/13
+2°
个
​10°
MARKAB
10
9
11
8
MARIE ANTOINETTE
12 QUEEN OF FRANCE
7
BORN 7.30.P.M.
1
2ND NOV. 1775
2
5
3 4
419
2.0°
$16.29'
CASTOR
POLLUX
223'8'
83.3
오​11°41'
01027
ARISTAR
22.2036
7°49'
20°)
11
W
20
22
4°19'
8
II
N
m2°
169
HOROSCOPE OF QUEEN MARIE ANTOINETTE.
432
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
the horoscope, and we find the queen possessed of much
force of character, will power, subtlety and precipitancy,
as signified from the Moon square to Mars and Mars in
opposition to Saturn. Mercury was also in sextile to
Jupiter, and Venus in conjunction to the Sun. She would
thus possess many noble traits and ignoble qualities. The
latter would predominate. Venus was receiving the trine
of Urania and Mars, which signifies artistic talent, sen-
suousness and many accomplishments. The Moon, ruler
of ascendant and posited in Libra, betokens a lady of pre-
possessing appearance.
1-
The time and place of Marie Antoinette's birth was
seven o'clock and thirty minutes P. M., at Vienna. This
ill-starred lady was guillotined on the sixteenth day of
October, in the year one thousand seven hundred and
ninety-three, at the age of thirty-seven years and eleven
months. We find on this day the Moon by secondary
direction was on the radical place of Urania and also the
fixed star Markab, giving cuts and blows. That other
planets were in sympathy is shown by the Sun being in
square to Urania and the Moon's progressive place, also
the fixed star Markab. The Sun was also parallel to Sat-
urn and Mars, while Mars was retrograde and in square
to the Moon's place at birth.
Thus you can readily trace the cause of this unhappy
event, and in fact in each one of these natal charts the
movements and progressions coincide with the life of the
native, as lived in the mortal.
Horoscope of Lord Byron.
We will now consider another character of interest to
many, that of Lord Byron. He came into material mani-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
433
me
ww
w
819°
II 217°8'
E
RET.
3°51'
012°1'
To 19°
25'201
2833
*
11
29*
10 9
个
​•12524
28°3'
LORD BYRON
8
12 BORN LONDON
AT 2.P.M.
VAN 22H0 B
1
2
3
1788.
4.
O2°19'
VS19°
$18*49
V8 3.51'
W
5
M19°
J
8
N
29°
169
HOROSCOPE OF LORD BYRON.
J
434
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
festation January twenty-second, one thousand seven hun-
dred and eighty-eight, at two o'clock P. M., near London.
We give this map, as it will illustrate in a measure the ef-
fects of influences in comparison with the natal figure of
Marie Antoinette. We find the third degree and fifty-first
minute of Cancer ascending; then tenth degree of Cancer
on the second cusp; the seventh degree of Leo on the third
house; the nineteenth degree of Taurus on the twelfth;
the second degree of Aries on the eleventh house; and the
twenty-ninth degree of Aquarius on the tenth house;
Gemini being in the twelfth and Pisces in the tenth, and
the opposite signs in their order upon the opposite cusps.
We find the Sun in the eighth house in this figure, in the
second degree and nineteenth minute of Aquarius; the
Moon in the twenty-fifth degree and twentieth minute
of Cancer in the second house; Mercury in the eighteenth
degree and forty-ninth minute of Capricorn in the seventh
house; Venus in the twenty-fifth degree and twenty-fourth
minute of Aquarius in the ninth house; Saturn also there
in the twenty-eighth degree and third minute, same sign
and house; Urania, with the Moon, in Cancer, the twenty-
eighth degree and thirty-third minute; Jupiter in the
twelfth house in the seventeenth degree and eighth minute,
retrograde of the intercepted sign Gemini.
In this map, we find Mars in the first house in the twelfth
degree and first minute of Cancer. The declinations of
the planets are: the Sun, nineteen degrees and forty-one
minutes South; the Moon, eighteen degrees and thirteen
minutes North; Urania, twenty-one degrees no minutes
North; Jupiter, twenty-two degrees and thirty min-
utes North; Saturn, thirteen degrees and nineteen minutes
South; Venus, fourteen degrees and thirty-five minutes
South; Mars, twenty-seven degrees and four minutes
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
435
North. The aspects of the planets are: the Sun in opposi-
tion to Urania; the Sun sesquidrate to Jupiter and in op-
position to the Moon; the Moon in opposition to Mercury
and in conjunction to Urania, and the Moon parallel to
the Sun; Mercury is parallel to Jupiter and in opposition
to Mars, and Venus in conjunction to Saturn. Byron was
a man of variable moods, and also at times a slave to
sensuous passions, as signified by Venus in conjunction to
Saturn, Moon in conjunction to Urania, and Mars posited
in the first in his detriment in Cancer. He was imagina-
tive, inspirational, sensuous and tender.
We find that while variable in moods and passionate,
he was keenly susceptible to all that was grand and beau-
tiful, signified by Venus in conjunction with Saturn
in the midheaven, and this position of Saturn would also
produce shyness. The Moon in conjunction to Urania
would make his mind hopelessly entangled with the mate-
rial world and with voluptuousness; therefore his mental
conceptions were not always healthy. A captious temper
and morbid sensitiveness are produced by Mercury in oppo-
sition to Mars, making him quick to take offence. This
same aspect operates in both the seventh and eighth houses,
and Saturn, being lord of the seventh, and the Moon being
afflicted by Urania, would show unhappiness in love
affairs and marriage. Warmth of affection would be sig-
nified by Venus with Saturn. Byron was stern, impul-
sive, and when provoked, revengeful, as signified by the
opposition Mercury received from Mars, and Mars being
in the ascendant would have its effect accordingly. He
was very eccentric, erratic, uncertain and disposed to
travel, judging from the Moon joined with Urania and
their position in the figure. The parallel of the Moon with
the Sun, also the parallel of Mercury with Jupiter would
give many fine qualities. At the same time the ignoble
436
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
13/
w
w
26 VS
$29:13
03/2
&7°15'
goy. ↑
14°13'
ང
11
10 9
GEORGE
8
12/ WASHINGTON 7
BORN 22ND FEB.
1732
AT 10. A.M.
VIRGINIA
3 4
5
824°35'
1
2
Π
19
BULL'S NORTH HORN
8
SIRIUS
111°
성​1004
ANTARES
+₤19°
M 24°35"
W
23'11'
48°7
유
​П
N
Roy g
11 207
226
HOROSCOPE OF GEORGE WASHINGTON.
mx
}
{
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
437
ones would predominate. He passed from the mortal the
nineteenth day of April, in the year one thousand eight
hundred and twenty-four, at the age of thirty-six years
and three months. The following directions were then in
operation: The Moon was square to Saturn and also
square to Venus. Mars was in opposition to Mercury's
radical place as at birth, and we find the Sun near Saturn
on the midheaven.
How clearly we may see the necessity to rise above the gross
material and stand upon the higher principles of perfection, and
only through experience can we learn the way to life eternal. We
shall all drink of the Elysian waters and find peace in the wisdom of
infinity.
Horoscope of General George Washington.
We now wish to consider a personality, well known to
your country, at least in history, that of General George
Washington. He came into mortal existence on the
twenty-second day of February, one thousand seven hun-
dred and thirty-two, in Virginia, at ten o'clock in the
morning. At this time we find the twenty-fourth degree
and thirty-fifth minute of Taurus was on the Ascendant;
the nineteenth degree of Gemini on the second cusp; the
eleventh degree of Cancer on the third cusp; the third de-
gree of Aries on the twelfth cusp; the twenty-sixth degree
of Aquarius on the eleventh cusp; and about seven minutes
of Aquarius on the tenth cusp. We find Pisces intercepted
in the eleventh house and the degrees of the opposite signs
on the opposite cusps. The Sun was in three degrees and
twelve minutes of Pisces in the eleventh house; the Moon
was in the fourteenth degree and thirteenth minute of
Capricorn in the ninth house; Venus was in the twenty-
438
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
ninth degree and thirteenth minute of Pisces; Saturn was
in the third degree and first minute of Aries in the twelfth
house; Urania was in the tenth degree and fourth minute
of Sagittarius in the seventh house; Mars was in the sixth
house, near the cusp of the seventh house in the twenty-
third degree and eleventh minute of Scorpio. This posi-
tion is quite significant. Jupiter is in the eighth degree and
seventh minute of Libra in the sixth house. We find the
Bull's North Horn, of the nature of Mars, near the second
cusp; Sirius, of the nature of Jupiter, near the third cusp;
Antares, of the nature of Mercury and Mars together, near
Urania in the seventh house. These are the principal fixed
stars that were posited prominently.
In analyzing the natal figure of George Washington
we find Mercury dominant in this chart in the tenth
house, in trine to Jupiter and in sextile to Saturn
and Urania. This would signify literary, mathematical,
linguistic and oratorical ability. Mercury sextile to Sat-
urn gives precision, caution and wariness; and Mercury
sextile to Urania, added originality of thought and impres-
sions; also an ingenious mind. The conjunction of Venus
and Saturn gave imagination, sensuousness, finesse and
diplomacy; while Venus trine to Mars would produce am-
bition, a love of public approbation. The Sun and Venus
placed in the eleventh house portray many powerful
friends. Much good fortune and many fine qualities
would be produced from Mercury trine to Jupiter, making
him methodical, quick to take advantage. A strong love
of justice is also signified by this aspect.
Urania in the seventh, and Mars near the cusp, indicated
many opponents, though Venus, the ruler with the Sun in
the house of friends, proves more potent. He would not
be particularly successful in his dealings with the opposite
sex. Venus in conjunction with Saturn shows many
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
439
secret foes and disagreeable rumors. It is noticeable that
the Sun, though within orbs of a quartile aspect to Mars
in the Zodiac, is in mundane trine to Mars. Mars is
strongly posited in the house of war in Scorpio, his own
sign, though it is significant that he has just sunk below
the meridian. It is coincident that the native, while gain-
ing much honor in battle, really lost more battles than he
gained. By noting the movements of the planets, we find
that when the Sun progressed to the square of Urania in
the Radix in one thousand seven hundred and forty-three,
his father passed from the mortal. The Sun rules the
fourth, the house of the father, and when the Sun had
progressed to the trine of Mars' radical place, at the age
of nineteen, he first came into public honors, the luminaries
also being in sextile to the Moon. When the Sun had
progressed on to Venus' place at the age of twenty-seven,
one thousand seven hundred and fifty-nine, 1.2 married a
widow. This is signified by Venus with Saturn. He left
the mortal December fourteenth, one thousand seven hun-
dred and ninety-nine, Urania opposing the Sun's radical
place, and Sun in opposition to Mars in Taurus ruling the
throat.
Horoscope of Charles J. Guiteau.
Charles J. Guiteau came into material manifestation
on the eighth day of September, in the year one thousand
eight hundred and forty-one, at seven o'clock and thirteen
minutes in the evening. At this time, we find the twenty-
second degree and forty-first minute of Pisces on the as-
cendant; Aries intercepted in the first; the sixth degree
of Taurus on the second; the fourth degree of Gemini on
the third; thirteen degrees of Aquarius on the twelfth;
seventeen degrees of Capricorn on the eleventh; and
440
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
18170 vs
126. ↑
ww.
w
ww
13%
}
HYE
2241
성
​$13°19'
22°38′
CHARLES
12 GUITEAU.
BORN SEP. 7TH
1 AT 7.13 P.M. /6
10 9
11
8
7
2632
211°37/ 51°17'
M6°
141
WKM 2241
1841.
2
5
3
4
Ⓒ15°41'
$14.50
94:57
فال
(2213°
8
ΠΑ
16°11'
N
II
II 26°
169
17°
HOROSCOPE OF CHARLES J. GUITEAU.
5-41' N ♂21-50'S
Q18°35'N
26°44'N
EERB
8-12 N
H3-40'5'
22:32'S. Oo ĕ
4 21-58'S
8088*
GUITEAU.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
441
Saturn is
twenty-six degrees of Sagittarius on the tenth.
near the cusp in the twenty-sixth degree and thirty-two
minutes of Sagittarius. It is significant that Mars has
just passed into the eighth house in one degree and seven-
teen minutes of the same sign; Mercury in fourteen de-
grees and fifty minutes of Virgo in the sixth house; Sun in
fifteenth degree, forty-first minute, same sign and house;
Venus in fourth degree, fifty-seventh minute of Leo in
fifth house; the Moon in sixteenth degree, eleventh minute
of Gemini; Urania in twenty-second degree and thirty-
eighth minute of Pisces in twelfth house; Neptune in thir-
teenth degree and nineteenth minute of Aquarius in
twelfth house.
Guiteau, a "Mischievous Lunatic."
We will now consider the declinations and aspects, in
the natal figure of Charles J. Guiteau. The Sun, five
degrees and forty-one minutes North; the Moon, twenty-
six degrees and forty-four minutes North; Urania,
three degrees and forty minutes South; Saturn, twen-
ty-two degrees and thirty-two minutes South; Jupiter,
twenty-one degrees and fifty-eight minutes South; Mer-
cury, eight degrees and twelve minutes North. The
aspects of the planets are: the Sun in conjunction with
Mercury; the Sun square to Jupiter and Saturn, also
square to the Moon and applying to an opposition of Urania
near the Ascendant. The Moon is square to Urania, in
opposition to Saturn and Jupiter, and square to Mercury.
Jupiter was in the parallel of both Mars and Saturn at
the same time, being conjoined with both Mars and Saturn
on either side. Jupiter was also in sextile to Neptune, but
square to Mercury. Neptune was in trine to the Moon, and
Mercury was in square to Saturn and in opposition to
442
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFC.
Urania. Mars was in trine to Venus, and Saturn square
to Urania.
In this map we find Neptune the ruling planet, the least
afflicted, though Saturn, Jupiter and Urania are sufficiently
so to make up for it. We could only apply the term, "Mis-
chievous lunatic" to this individual. We find him a
small, thin man, with dark hair and sallow complexion,
as deduced from the rising sign and the aspects of Saturn
to the first; of a restlessness that was marked, as deduced
from the aspects to Mercury and the Moon from Saturn
on the cusp of the tenth; also showing an insatiable desire
to obtain publicity, if not for good, then for evil, which
was the case all through his life. The Moon in the third,
in the house of brothers and sisters, receiving affliction of
Saturn alone, would show the condition of them, and
especially the sister, of whom we believe there was one.
Lunacy would prevail.
The Moon and Mercury were rulers of the father;
Mercury being with the Sun, would assist him slightly
(the father) signifying his occupation in writing, book-
keeper in a bank, also holding minor public office that would
entail writing; but even in the father's condition we see a
peculiar trend of the mind toward ideas of religion, his
being associated with a sect called the perfectionists, one
of the tenets of their doctrine being free-love, as it was
termed. Guiteau himself, at the age of nineteen, also
joined this society. The purpose may be seen by noting
Venus in Leo in the fifth house, applying to trine Mars in
Sagittarius, as there is no sign in which Venus can be
placed that is more detrimental to the morals than Leo,
and especially when associated with such aspects.
Singularly we find that when the Sun had progressed
into Libra, trine to the Moon, in one thousand eight hun-
dred and sixty-eight, in the natural house of law, marriage,
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
443
partnership, he found friends who assisted him and he was
admitted to the bar. The aspects continued in force, for in
July of the following year he was married, but, as will be
seen, this could not continue long, and in three years he
and his wife were separated and finally divorced. On
the second day of July, one thousand eight hundred and
eighty-one, the aspects were, Mars progressed to exact
degree of Saturn's progressive place in the tenth house,
showing the publicity and affliction falling upon one in
power and authority. Neptune, Saturn, Jupiter and Mars
transiting Taurus in conjunction, applying to the opposi-
tion of Mars in eighth house in Sagittarius, showing the
violence. On the thirtieth of June, one thousand eight
hundred and eighty-two, Urania transiting the Sun's place
and Mercury's place, also opposition to own place, Moon
progressed to conjunction of Saturn and Mars. Mars
was transiting last degree of Leo, in square to his own
place; all the benefics below the Sun's place largely in
their debilities; in fact, it will be interesting to note the
afflictions to every planet.
We see in this last chart of life the terrible effect of planetary
influence, and can realize how little humanity knows of the influ-
ences back of every act and thought. We are now being permitted
to see the light, and let us do our duty in assisting our fellow men to
rule these influences and become masters of their fate.
Horoscope of Michael Angelo.
We will give you the horoscopal figure of another type
of personality that is known in history prominently,
namely, Michael Angelo, who came into physical mani-
festation on the sixth day of March, in the year one
thousand four hundred and seventy-five, at four o'clock
and thirteen minutes in the morning, near the city of
444
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Florence. At this time we find the second degree of
Capricorn rising and eleventh minute; the third degree
of Aquarius on the second cusp; and the twenty-third de-
gree of Pisces on the third cusp, the twelfth degree
of Sagittarius on the cusp of the twelfth; the twentieth
degree of Scorpio on the cusp of the eleventh; while the
twentieth degree of Libra was culminating on the tenth
cusp. We find the Sun in the third house in the
twenty-third degree and twenty-first minute of Pisces;
Mars was near in the second house, and the nineteenth
degree of Pisces; the Moon was also in the same sign in
the sixth degree and twentieth minute in second house;
Mercury we find well placed in Aquarius, in the second
house, the twenty-fifth degree and tenth minute, while
Jupiter has just passed into the first house in the first de-
gree and forty-nine minutes of Aquarius.
Saturn we find posited in the seventh house, in the
eighteenth degree and first minute of Cancer; Neptune we
find in the nineteenth degree of Virgo in the ninth house;
Urania we find posited in the tenth house in the fifteenth
degree and seventh minute of Scorpio. The aspects of the
planets are: The Sun in conjunction to Mars, trine to
Saturn, semi-sextile to Venus. This planet was placed in
the third house in the twenty-fifth degree and fifth minute
of Aries. The Sun is also semi-sextile to Mercury and
trine to Urania and in opposition to Neptune. The Moon
is in conjunction with Mars, semi-sextile to Jupiter; trine
to Urania; and also to Saturn; Venus was square to Saturn,
which is significant, but semi-sextile to Mars and sextile
to Mercury; Mars is trine to Saturn and Urania, and in
opposition to Neptune and semi-sextile to Mercury. Mer-
cury is trine to the midheaven, as is also Jupiter. It is
also noticeable that Urania is in square to Mercury, which
made him so abrupt in expressing his criticisms.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
445
£12°
}{
ww
ww
M20%
220
15°7'
Eoin
19°
23
123°
10 9
11
8
MICHAEL
E
V$2'//'
12
BORN 6TH MARCH
1
ANGELO.7
1475,.4.13.A.M./e
2°11′
W
21°49'
AT FLORENCE,
2
5
3 4
$250'
D620
فواح
8
+23
П
23°21'
$255
N
√28°
820.
HOROSCOPE OF MICHAEL ANGELO.
1
my
446
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
We find that Jupiter ruled his house of friends as well
as Mars, and we see this illustrated in his great friendship
for Pope Julius the Second, through whose friendship and
loyalty he obtained much honor, from one thousand five
hundred and five to one thousand five hundred and thirteen,
the latter date being the time that Pope Julius the Second
passed from the mortal. In these friendships we also see
Mars casting his martial influence, for whenever Mars
would pass to an angle where he could throw his dart he
would cause quarrels and strife between the native and
friends. His art began to receive great credit when he
reached the age of thirty years. At this time we find the
Sun had progressed to the place of Venus and Jupiter;
the ruler of friends was casting a beneficent ray.
We find by this configuration of planets the qualities
of an architect, poet, sculptor and artist, signified by the
configuration of Mercury, Jupiter, Moon, Mars, Sun and
Venus. Michael Angelo passed from the mortal at Rome
on the eighteenth day of February, in the year one thousand
five hundred and sixty-four, and but a few days would have
elapsed until he would have reached the age of eighty-nine.
Capricorn rising is one of the significations of a long life,
and a careful study will show others. The cause of death
was largely due to the Sun's progress to the opposition of
Urania, radical and progressive. We find a remarkable
resemblance in the map of Michael Angelo, Lord Wolseley
and Lord Tennyson. Angelo has Venus on lower heaven
in mundane sextile to Jupiter, and Jupiter is in mundane
trine to the M. C. Wolseley has the Sun and Jupiter in
the same places reversed. Tennyson has the Sun on the
lower heaven in mundane trine with Jupiter, which is in
mundane trine with the midheaven.
CHAPTER XIX.
How We May Control Our Stars. Planetary Influence is
the Manifestation of the Divine Mind.
The question has often been asked, how can we rule our
stars, and the saying that the wise man rules his stars, the
fool obeys them, does not seem so easy of fulfillment as it
might be.
Can we overcome the planetary configurations
in our individual nativity? As soon as there are some who
have accomplished this task and are willing to put that
experience upon record, then the world will certainly ben-
efit by these recorded facts. Now there are two primary
considerations in connection with this question. First,
what is planetary influence? and second, what is mankind
to overcome?
We have already some idea of the former and an inkling
of the latter. First, we recognize the whole solar system,
from the central Sun to the boundary limits of its farthest
planets, to be under the control of the infinite and divine
force of what is termed God. It is, we may say, his life
that is sustaining the whole, and each planet as the body
of the spirit, has so much of this life-force concentrated
around it that it has a special quality of its own.
We may think of this special quality as a color, geomet-
rical form, or what we will, no words or symbols being
sufficient to describe what the consciousness or being of
this great planetary spirit may be, but we can for the pur-
pose of thought and expression agree to give each planet
a name.
447
448
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
If, after many thousands of years, we find the same
influence coinciding with our expression of that planet's
nature, we can safely decide that it represents a definite
portion of the Divine Mind, under what we may distin-
guish as principle; and if we have developed sufficiently to
realize that there is such a principle as Love flowing
through the whole of humanity on this planet, and if, after
painstaking experiment, we find this principle is indicated
by the planetary spirit of Venus in its location at the birth
hour of those in whom we discover this principle active,
then we may confine our investigation into a recognition
of this planet Venus as representing Love. In ancient
times they called Aphrodite, that is, Venus, the God of
Love; and at this time we can demonstrate that Venus is
incapable of hate.
Now let us turn our attention to the planetary spirit of
Mars. When did anyone attribute Saturnine qualities of
the planet Saturn to Mars? No, the God of War is com-
mon in the mouths of men, but we, after our recent inves-
tigations, will substitute energy, force, strength and will,
for war, and this is planetary influence. Around each
planet or globe there is a sphere of influence, and all these
spheres meet in one common centre. Their focus is in
the infinite, and from that centre emerged their primal
energy, which is Mars, Venus, Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury,
Urania and Neptune.
It is these great spheres of influence which, having their
root in the great centre, pour out from that centre to the
boundary, and you the sons and daughters of earth upon
the third planet in the ring, are bathed in that outflowing
life which is on its way to the planets Saturn, Urania, etc.,
for our circuit lies within the radiating sphere.
The principles of those planets which lie beyond us we
talk of most frequently as Justice, Mercy and Strength,
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
449
but of all these we speak most of our neighbor Mars. We
boast of our strength, energy, might, etc., and when this
is exhausted, we turn to love, and the common saying is,
all is fair in love and war. We have Venus love, and
Mars war; the earth is neutral between the two.
etary influence is the working of the Divine Mind.
Plan-
Yes, we are in the great spheres between Mars and Venus, and
what is more natural than that Earth's children should fight and
love? It is no mystery, this planetary influence. It has never failed
to act through its magic spell upon humanity. When the days of
war are over, man falls into the arms of love.
The Human Will. "Man is a Minor God."
While
We find in Saturn and Jupiter a similar condition to that
which we have discovered with Mars and Venus.
we find in Saturn selfishness, deceit and hypocrisy, we find
in Jupiter the opposite attributes of generosity, friendship,
nobleness, etc. Those conditions extend to the planets of
Urania and Neptune, as we will find by examining their
several natures. These attributes are entirely necessary
to keep man in the balance, as it were, each finding in the
other its polar opposite in quality, etc.
Now we may go more fully into our subject by taking up
the second question, What is man? It is said that God
made man after his own image, and it is clear that he must
have done so when we come to consider that we are a centre
of consciousness surrounded by worlds and elementals of
our own creation. Clairvoyants describe man as sur-
rounded by an aura through which there are playing many
rings of colors, and to let our thought reach out a little
further, we can realize how these rings are connected with
the planetary spheres.
450
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
The old teaching that the kingdom of heaven is within
you is certainly true, for there is a centre in us which is
peace, and when that is once touched, the realization of
the outer world becomes a thing to analyze with care.
As above, so below, say the Hermetists. Have we not war
raging in our members? Are we not moved by a sea of
emotion? Is not our mind like the atmosphere, at one
time calm, at another time rough, and do we not have the
spiritual aspiration, and the uplifting like the fire of the
glorious sunlight?
Man is truly an epitome of the universe, and he peoples
his thought-sphere with numerous entities, both good and
evil, the good being peaceful and harmonious and com-
passionate thoughts; the evil, loaded with perversion and
self-limitation. Now, man is a creator. This no one can
deny. Man is a minor god; he can create, preserve and
destroy, and this is one of the reasons why he can overcome
his natal chart.
Let us consider how thoughts are things. Verily this
is true, but it is scarcely realized at this stage of evolution,
especially by those who do not think. Think evil and evil
will surely come to pass; think good and wise thoughts,
then knowledge and wisdom come. We realize that all this
may sound idealistic to those who have not yet begun to
take themselves in hand, and as ideals these thoughts
remain. But all ideals are real, and we are to-day but
the sum total of our past thoughts, or we are reaping as
we have sown, and are now creating our future by our
present sowing or thinking. These words are thoroughly
true, and we have proven them so in our own case, and
so may you.
Once we desire to become possessed of an object, though
it may seem then unattainable, it is obtained, and with it
comes unseen sorrow and pain. Had there been sufficient
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
451
experience, the object would have had no attraction, but
it was the thought that brought the thing. For instance,
in looking through a book of illustrations we turn to a
familiar scene, and instantly thoughts of the past arise
before us and a period is lived through in a few seconds.
That thought brings a long dream, the recurrence of the
thought crystallizing into an act. Desires set in motion
by thought may be carefully watched and analyzed. The
result will be an act. It may be stated: Think strongly
enough and you will find your thoughts become things,
and if you bind angry and resentful thoughts, they will
crystalize into acts, and you will eventually speak sharply,
hastily, abruptly or angrily. Set your mind upon good
with concentration, and you will eventually possess it.
But these are small matters, primary in their purpose, and
if we will stop and consider we may see things of such
moment that there can be no doubt as to the reality of
thoughts becoming things.
From this lesson we find that hate, jealousy, envy, covetousness,
pride, anger, falsehood, injustice, cruelty, hypocrisy, lust and deceit
are the results of limited and cramped thoughts, having for their
centre selfishness, and if we possess the least portion of any of these
qualities, then we are truly bound to the objective side, having lost
thought of the subjective or spirit of being.
We Can Rule Our Stars, or Overcome Our Fate.
Suppose there is a certain aspect in our natal figure, and
realizing the value of the science of astrology, we become
anxious to get rid of it, as it is a most objectionable aspect
and spoils the beauty and strength of other positions in
the figure. In the higher part of our nature we see a
452
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
picture, an ideal. Without a doubt that ideal becomes a
reality, and through it iron has been made into gold.
It is possible to overcome any aspect in our nativity if
we only will to do so, for desire placed it there and will
can overcome it, and in this way we can rule our stars.
Thoughts are things, and as things they remain about us
and with us. Let a man think he would like to drink a
glass of liquor; the thought grows stronger until finally
it crystallizes into an act, and by constant thought becomes
a habit, and eventually the man is a slave to his habit.
He desires to continue. Now in order to break the habit
he must set up an opposite desire, or will, to cease. Let a
woman desire jewels. The desire grows until she has
an opportunity to possess, until she finally becomes a slave
to her desires. All this is clear and may be witnessed in
everyday life, for mankind are all slaves to their environ-
ment, until they are no longer conditioned by it but make
it for themselves. Desires may be physical, mental or
spiritual or animal, human or divine. Then if we can
control the mind, or control the animal through the mind,
and hold in check the senses from their impulsive outgoing
tendency, are we in part overcoming our stars.
Animal man is subject to external influences, and is
thus a slave, not the master of his desires and passions.
When the mind is linked to the physical desires we are
animal-man, and only when the mind is abstracted from
the senses, and capable of thinking independently of them,
do we become man-manas, the thinkers. We must remain
unmoved and unswayed by the changes and disturbances
that go on around us. Then are we free, free to think out
our own destiny, free to choose between right and wrong,
good and evil.
Strong likes and dislikes arise from attraction and re-
pulsion, but we should neither be attracted nor repulsed,
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
453
but should possess that discernment which will enable us
to discriminate between the real and the shadow. Every-
thing in the universe is of the infinite, and we are a part
of that spirit. Matter is but a dualistic expression of the
one universal substance, and from this dual expression
arises the third consciousness. These three are one, but
if we can consider matter separate from spirit, and follow
the form without due recognition of the life, we are lim-
ited in mind; hence we become objective and external, and
follow the shadow, forgetting the true substance.
In our descent, as it is termed, we have become more
and more deeply immersed in the concrete, but in essence
we are the creators and moulders of the form, that is, we
circumscribe and limit in accordance with our thoughts.
Now, if instead of following the limited and cramped
ideals, we turn to the higher qualities, we are making a
step that will be the means of taking us out into the unlim-
ited and place us in control of our environments and mas-
ters of our fate.
If we follow love, sympathy, generosity, humility, peace, truth,
justice, mercy and true nobility, then do we expand and grow, seeing
in all other selves our real self. The glory of a man is in his
strength. For instance, the influence of Mars, the planet of strength,
the martial influence, until subdued, will give every force of de-
structiveness, combativeness, argument, wrangling, intemperance,
rashness and discordant vibrations.
"The Stars Incline, but Do Not Compel." "Slaves of
Fate, but Possessed of a Free Will to Conquer."
Now, it is clear that in order to overcome the impulsive
tendencies we must control the outgoing energies and hus-
454
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
band our force so that it will not be wasted, and if Mars
afflict the Moon by cross aspect, then the senses must be
governed by the will from within, and if, on the other
hand, Mars afflict Mercury, then the mind must be held
in check. To be sure this will be no easy task for the un-
awakened, but those who give attention and study care-
fully this science will discover that the stars incline but do
not compel the influence.
Fire and steam can be made very useful, but they can
also burn and scald, and it is only through the misuse of
force and action that we suffer. The strength and energy
which are wasted daily by humanity are enormous, though
it must ever be thus until experience teaches that there is
such a thing as conservation of energy. True, there was
a time when humanity were as savages and fought phys-
ically, but in modern times, the pen is becoming mightier
than the sword, and we fight mentally instead, and the time
will come when humanity will fight no more, for Mars
shall be upturned and that same force will be transmuted
into its original element, love. There are very few martial
persons who take kindly to this higher science, for the
undeveloped Mars man has scattered too much force in
other directions to either care or give the matter any serious
thought.
Here the
Then we take the Saturn, the other extreme.
forces are bound, concentrated and limited, for while Mars
indicates the boiling point, Saturn represents the freezing
limit, and to overcome Saturn, the mental qualities must
have passed into pure reason, and the broad path of liberty,
freedom and independence be chosen. If Saturn afflict
the Moon, then the senses must be thawed and not be kept
frozen with the blast of hatred, jealousy and fear, and if
Saturn be casting a cross aspect to Mercury, then envy,
>
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
455
covetousness, deceit and selfishness must be taken in
hand.
It is in this way that we overcome our stars, but not
until we have passed beyond the animal stage and reached
the condition of manhood and womanhood can we realize
that we are the slaves of fate. But we are possessed of a
free will, and that will, the will of the Infinite Father.
This one idea must take possession of us, and that as the
result of experience and realization. The idea of service
to humanity and the One Eternal, will help on the evolu-
tion of the race.
We are all sons of God. We are all free-born. Wis-
dom is born of experience, and experience is our only
teacher. We can realize the Divine Mind only when our
own individual mind has expanded beyond the limitations
of self, and we find that to be unselfish is to be entirely free
and unlimited.
Then the first essential quality to seek is to know our-
selves, and in knowing what constitutes our own peculiar
limitations we can unbind the chain we have woven in the
past by selfish desire and personal thinking, and now that
we have come to ourselves, we may think the highest
thoughts, and by building the highest ideals we may ex-
pand, for we have learned that there are no ideals that are
not a reality, and as we progress on our way and expand
we shall acquire tolerance, sympathy, love and compassion.
We shall be in possession of the attributes of him who has
overcome the lower mind, and this is the reward for the
wise man who rules his stars.
We can thoroughly realize at this time what a universal knowl-
edge of the divine science will mean to earth's children, and our
prayer is that the infinite force of all life will be in our midst in
power to uplift and guide and influence the thoughts of humanity to
those higher ideals and there find peace, joy and divine happiness.
456
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
"We Must Unify Our Wills with the Divine Will.”
We realize how it will be argued by some that fate holds
the majority, and if this be true, they cannot overcome
their stars. This we are willing to admit, but once the
majority come directly en rapport with this teaching and
the conditions will be changed. Then we shall be con-
cerned with the majority instead of the minority as at
the present time. We find in the Moon the line of fate,
and freedom is by way of the Sun. It is the astrological
mind that really requires and is anxious to comprehend
the law, and it is he who should know the law; and the
truth of the matter is that none will ever know the law
until they do keep it.
It is the thinking man who can best help the world, for
it is the thinking that leads to wisdom's light. The wise
man is he who thinks, no longer drifting aimlessly on
through life, carried out by every tide. He sets his face
towards the shore, and swims against the tide, battling
with every wave and braving the elements. He boldly
swims to conquer and reach the haven of rest.
It is only
because the majority are weak and lunar-tied that they
cannot overcome the moist impulsive lunar influences and
become hard frozen by the karmic Saturn into crystallized
bondage and limitation, and time is spent and lost in un-
binding the chrono's chain.
The law is perfect, and all knowledge of the law be-
comes power. We never associate power with the Moon,
but ever with the Sun; therefore, to be free we must learn
the mysteries of the Sun, for it is the centre and the vehicle
through which pours the divine life known as Atmos in
its primal condition, this being the universal spirit; Jiva,
the universal life principle, and Prana when specialized in
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
457
man. Everything in the Solar System is dependent upon
the Sun, the other luminary being the Moon, whose bor-
rowed light comes from the Sun. So it will be plain
that while we cling to the lunar side and influence we do
only follow the shadow.
Then what we must do is to unify our will with the
Divine Will, and live in our Sun influence, this being the
highest point we can attain to. That is our centre or the
kingdom of heaven that is within us.
The solar rays are
free, and as a ray from the heart of all things we are inter-
nally free, but have mistaken the shadow of our real selves.
Let us no longer be fools but rise with a strong and noble
determination to become the wise men and women who
rule our stars.
Education of Children in Science of Astrology.
It will now be in order to give our attention for the time
being to the influence and value of this science in the educa-
tion of children. Astrology in one of its branches, that
is the natal, is science applied to the human life and the
unfoldment of the same, dealing with the mind, character
and disposition brought over with the ego into matter
expression in order to gain experience that will be adapted
to it. Natal astrology, therefore, has a direct bearing
upon the laws governing evolution, training and educa-
tion, together with many other problems that agitate the
minds of thinking men and women, and among the most
important of these problems which touch directly upon
the future race, and particularly upon the next generation,
is the education and moral training of children.
This, we must concede, is one of the most important fac-
tors in helping forward evolution. Each child born into
458
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
the world should find the fullest opportunity and the larg-
est measure of assistance awaiting it in order to develop
properly the qualities latent in its nature as completely and
harmoniously as possible. This knowledge must be based
on correct apprehension of the unalterable laws governing
the universe, and man as a part of it.
None who can realize how vastly more important the mind is
than the body will deny that it is our absolute duty, individually and
collectively, to work to bring, about a better condition of things, so
that the future generations of earth may find better opportunities
for harmonious growth and mental unfoldment. The crying need
of humanity everywhere is knowledge of their own natures and of
the real meaning and importance of human life.
CHAPTER XX.
Training of Children in Astrological Science.
We are thankful to continue our subject relative to the
necessity of astrology in training the young mind in its
proper sphere and harmonizing its natal chart with the
beneficial.
This does not refer to children exclusively, for there
are many young minds whose physical is quite developed.
But the first condition essential is to secure the attention
of humanity, long enough to point out to them the value
of this grand science. If the skeptic would only stop to
reason from the way in which the luminaries alone in-
fluence the physical conditions of the earth, the idea that
they also influence mankind would not seem so impossible
with the orderly course of the immutable laws for man-
kind are at least physically part of the earth, and in a
measure moulded by its conditions, if men and women of
this earth would only think for themselves and not per-
mit their minds to be hypnotized by public opinion, but
would assert their own individuality.
When we pause to consider, we see that no two faces
are alike; no two characters are the same, and if any one
but took the trouble to pick out the various types from
among his friends and then gather from astrology the in-
formation as to the sign they were born under, the ruling
planet, etc., he would soon discover that two persons of
459
460
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
completely opposite natures were never born under the
same sign, and the invariability of this must convince him
that law and not chance is at work.
But in the majority of cases, the skeptic says: "Impos-
sible," and thus sets up his weak limit of comprehension
as the standard of the universe; about as audacious a pro-
ceeding as to attempt to measure boundless space with an
ordinary yard stick.
At the same time, there are millions of intelligent human
beings who thoroughly believe in planetary law, and
many who have direct knowledge of it. To the eastern
mind, the science is indispensable, and even in the western
world, where the orthodox minds regard astrology as an
exploded superstition, or even fear it as the work of the
evil one, the minds of the majority are reaching out to as-
similate with the law.
Now Astrology is the law, and the Ego brings with it its
record of past experiences, and a natal chart, cast for the
exact moment of the child's birth, reveals that child's
character, mind, disposition, etc., and enables one versed
in the science to reveal to the parents or guardians of the
child just the lines upon which the child can best be
trained; and if the parents will endeavor to understand
the influences for themselves, they can readily compre-
hend the nature and status of the new born soul into
physical manifestation, whether the earthy, airy, fiery or
watery element predominates, also the weak and strong
points in the organism of the child, as well as the vices
and virtues; and once this is known they can lay out a
plan of education and training adapted to the exact dis-
position of their offspring, in this way avoiding friction
and promoting harmony.
They will thus endeavor to starve out the evil they see,
while nourishing and developing the good. If the child
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC
461
have a passionate temper, then they will never excite this
side of the character, and be cautious of calling out the red
rag of Mars, but will use calmness, tact in management,
gentleness, not force, and thus equalize the Mars nature
with the love of Venus.
If the moral development be weak and the intellectual
strong, then it is the former they will seek to stimulate and
develop. They will ever appeal to the child's heart rather
than to the head, endeavoring both by precept and example
to show the child the greatness of morality. Truth, hon-
esty and compassion will be presented as ideals to be
striven for and more to be desired than intellectual great-
ness; for goodness alone is truly great.
"Judgment Takes First Rank in the Physical World."
Astrologers Must, and are Expected to be, In-
fallible."
Of all the necessary features in the physical world,
judgment takes first rank, so far as the astrologer is con-
cerned most especially. Without judgment all the mathe-
matical calculations the mind is capable of are useless, and
while it is required in every other department of life, more
or less, yet it is the one essential that the astrologer needs.
No one who has given the science a careful consideration
can fail to recognize that a great amount of discernment
and discrimination is necessary to fit one to take up the
study of this science and to get a fair idea of the require-
ments.
It will be well to examine the necessary qualifications.
First he or she must know the value of each Zodiacal
Sign, its quality and virtue as a whole, to say nothing of
its thirty separate parts, decanates, faces, degrees etc.
462
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Secondly, he must be familiar with many and various
characteristics of the twelve houses or divisions of the cir-
cle, and also have a knowledge of how to blend these
apart from the signs of the Zodiac, and in addition to
knowing the significance of the first sign upon the fifth
house, he must also know what is meant by its ruler being
placed somewhere else. Third, he must know the nature
of the planets, what houses they rule and what they indi-
cate by position, such as rising, culminating and when on
the meridian. Also he must know what is indicated when
the planets are in houses and signs foreign to their own
nature; when they are weak or strong, exalted, debilitated,
angular, cadent, combust, fixed, succeedent, common or
cardinal, to say nothing of many other similar terms.
Fourth, he must know the nature of all the aspects when
they have been computed, and be able to interpret the mean-
ing of a square to one planet and at the same time, trine
to another; he must know the virtue of planets in fiery,
airy, earthy and watery signs, quite apart from the ruler-
ship of houses, etc., and when he has mastered all these
rudiments of the science he must have the qualities of
judgment as to the environment, heredity and general
plan of the nativity. In no other profession is such pro-
found knowledge required as that which an astrologer
should possess, and it will be well for the world to awaken
to this fact before those who are striving to enlighten the
present race retire in disgust at their apathy and ignor-
ance.
In no other department of life is the practitioner ex-
pected to be infallible. A physician is allowed to make
mistakes, even to the extent of losing lives. Lawyers and
judges may commit errors of judgment so far as depriv-
ing citizens of their liberty, but astrologers must and are
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
463
expected to be infallible. Too much attention is given to
triviality; even should one go so far as to predict an event
it is termed a remarkable coincidence. This only goes to
demonstrate to the world where they stand and those who
are striving to benefit the race. But the censure of public
opinion is the price they must pay who would elevate and
help mankind. To be sure this is a deplorable condition,
so far as the majority are concerned, for we rank as fools
on the one hand and knaves on the other, and before pre-
dictions can be made clearly nearly a life time in this
physical expression must be spent in mastering all its ins
and outs, for the reason that each individual must reach
the goal through a personal effort, and will finally attain
those conditions that will permit of beneficial results to
earth's children.
The little ones so dear to us, round whom the tendrils of our
souls' love are mostly closely twined, shall we not do our best for
them? It is in early youth that impressions are most indelibly
engraved upon the memory, and the parent or guardian is, for the
time being, the authority to whom the child appeals for guidance,
and therefore has it in his power to aid and help the soul in its child
body to develop, and on the other hand can retard its development.
There can be no higher work than guiding or training the young,
and teaching them early the value of self control and unselfishness,
and early discrimination between their personality and their indi-
viduality.
The Capricorn and Aquarius Signs: The Former is "the
Truth Sign." Saturn is the Ruler.
As we have dealt with the natures separately of Aries,
Leo and Sagittarius, we wish to give our attention to the
sign Capricorn, for it is essential that we thoroughly un-
derstand each sign.
464
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Capricorn is a very long sign and one most difficult to
express in its higher interpretation, as it verges on the
ideal, while it contains the practical. In dealing with the
previous sign Sagittarius, we found it both common and
fiery, and it represents the new birth. Capricorn on the
other hand is a cardinal sign and represents the person
who has taken on maturity. No one in the physical ex-
pression has yet attained all that is signified by this sign.
William Ewart Gladstone in modern times has proved a
good exponent of this sign. The end of the perfected
physical man is in this sign. When he enters Aquarius, he
has passed out of the physical into the spiritual. The sign
Capricorn, while it is a cardinal sign is also earthy. It is
the strongest of its kind, extreme in its manifestation,
never wavering in nature. It is the Truth sign. Saturn is
the ruler, and the reason is that those in the mortal are
trying to express their mind, but can only do so in part.
At the present time they can give expression only to so
much as will come through the brain. In Capricorn,
Saturn, Satan or the evil in man, his lower nature is gain-
ing experience. He is learning to be steadfast and reso-
lute in character, industrious, enduring, contemplative and
all that goes to make a person reliable. If Capricorn be
rising and the Sun be there it signifies a very fine charac-
ter. Saturn governs and represents the knees, that which
will bend. Saturn ruling the incarnating ego is a most
important planet. It represents the sower and the reaper.
It is sowing the seed for the next expression; therefore we
should study most carefully the position of Saturn in the
horoscope. Every grade of life is represented by Saturn,
from the laborer to the politician or governor. No per-
son's character is of any value unless he has something of
Saturn in it. No one can meditate without Saturn. He is
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
465
exactly opposite in his effects to Mars. The Mars person
is ever throwing away his experience, and it is only by
hard blows that he can rise to Saturn and retain his many
experiences.
The virtues of Capricorn are remarkable, and so are
also the defects; for Capricorn persons are either exact or
exacting, loving responsibility and the power to govern,
or irresponsibile and not to be trusted; accurate or shift-
ing, definite and precise or changeable; contemplative or
thoughtless; persevering or wanting in application; re-
served or tricky; cautious or skeptical; temperate or in-
temperate; just or unjust; so that a bad Saturnian is a
very dangerous person. When Mercury is found in Cap-
ricorn, the person is very acute and penetrating, with a po-
litical disposition. With Venus in Capricorn the love na-
ture is too cold, too exacting, too much in the material, and
when Saturn or Mars are there, it signifies great energy
tempered by steadiness, not so impulsive or wasteful as if
Mars were there alone. Jupiter combined with Saturn in
Capricorn is not evil, because Jupiter is not naturally evil
when combined with any planet, though with Saturn it is
not so good as Saturn with Mars. In this sign, Capricorn
is the head of the serving triplicity; therefore all people
born under this sign should be humble and willing to serve
humanity, though, ofttimes proud, they do not live up to
the sign. The capacity for rule in them often produces in-
dependence rather than humility. They should also have
that great virtue, self-control, and we often find that Capri-
corn people can stand unmoved under any crisis.
466
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
"The Ultimatum of Astrology is Preparation for Receiv-
ing the Higher Spiritual:
""
We find that the natures of Capricorn when working
along the lower levels are rather stupid and ignorant;
therefore it is quite essential that we consider these con-
ditions of environment when casting a chart, in all of the
signs as well as in Capricorn. The chief characteristics of
this sign is that experience is gained in it slowly by pain
and suffering, for it continually wants to have its own
desires gratified, and it is a slow process for this pro-
pensity to be overcome.
Capricorn is closely associated with Christmas, as the
Sun enters this sign near Christmas Day, where it re-
mains stationary for three days, before it begins to move
towards the new birth of spring. All who are able in
their characters to reach this sign are ready for the birth
of the spirit within them, the birth of a higher spiritual
perception of divine wisdom that eventually comes to all.
The old church fathers, who established the Christmas
festival, could not at first decide when to hold it, as some
thought the spring would be the best time, while others
thought the winter would be most appropriate for it, but
at last it was decided to follow the Egyptian custom and
keep the period which the Egyptians celebrated as the
birth of Osiris, and so it was decided to hold it in the win-
ter when the Sun enters Capricorn. It is only when we
bring our mind to a focus that we can receive the rays of
the Sun, only when the knees are bowed in humility, or
rather when Saturn, the lower nature, is subdued, only
when we can rise upward to the higher mind, only when
all experiences are gathered up, and Saturn or Satan can
go no farther, then comes illumination; then comes the
perfected man, Aquarius.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
467
man.
Thus we can see that the ultimatum of astrology is pre-
paration for receiving the higher spiritual. The symbol
of Capricorn is the goat, and the goat is the hill climber.
It can attain to a height and thrive where no other animal
can live. This describes the character of the Capricorn
The Saturnian principle is crystallized in Capri-
corn. All the beautiful life force which has been flowing
around the circle of the Zodiac is focused and becomes
the beautiful crystal. We are as a whole going onward
towards Capricorn. It is said by some that the Moon can-
not have a better position in the Zodiac than when in Cap-
ricorn, but by investigation we do not find this to be true,
for it tends to make the person too practical, too matter of
fact, and the beauty of the mind is crystallized on the
earth plane. The high ideals are of an earthy type and
the ideals are wasted by making them too practical. Still
we must realize that it is necessary to have some of this
practicality in order to fully express this sign. The idea
is that he must first have his ideas crystallized and then
learn self reliance. It then becomes the fatalistic sign, for
without realizing it, the majority are desiring to bring
themselves into the condition of the Moon in Capricorn.
The Sun in the great major circle is now passing towards
Aquarius and when it arrives there we may see the millen-
ium. We should ever try to give full expression to the
sign under which we were born, for it is, as it were, the
window through which we are looking upon the great
cycle of evolution.
We learn that planets when in conjunction with the Sun are not
as evil and ofttimes not as good as when in aspect, that is, any planet
being in conjuction of the Sun, is at its greatest distance from the
earth. The Sun coming between the two throws the influence away
from it or destroys it, except in the case of Venus or Mercury.
When retrograde, they are then between the Sun and the Earth.
468
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Aquarius: A Perfect Mind in a Perfect Body.
This sign is not difficult to know, once the individual
has passed into the experience of all that Capricorn con-
veys, but it is a sign most difficult to express when asso-
ciated with the earth expression, and then so few can an-
swer to all that it contains. To deal with each sign would
occupy more time than we can at present devote, because it
is not alone the sign itself, but every decanate and even
each degree must be considered to understand the whole.
Those persons who come under this sign are the most
perfect in earthy form. Men generally come under this
sign, it being Saturnian and positive. Women come more
generally under Libra, which is negative and belongs to
Venus. Aquarius gives persons of medium stature, san-
guine complexion, hazel eyes, exquisite in form and
graceful in carriage. It is one of the most beautiful and
exquisite of the signs, and also most esoteric. If one can
imagine a perfect mind in a perfect body he may get some
idea of what an Aquarius person should be.
Beginning at Aries and going all the way around to
Capricorn, you see all the qualities from the martial to the
saturnian, but when you arrive at Aquarius you find the
whole of these expressed as one. Aries is the ideal plan-
ter; Aquarius is the waterer or nourisher. It means step-
ping out of the limitations of Capricorn, which is negative
and passive, into Aquarius the positive. Aquarius per-
sons are generally unconventional, unorthodox, breaking
up formulae in character, steadfast, refined, quiet and un-
obtrusive. They express all the qualities of Saturn, but
while Saturn belongs to the lower mind or Manas, these
are breaking through the lower mind and taking up the
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
469
higher. They are the water-bearers, pouring out their
thoughts over their fellowman. They are concentrated
and clear in thought, also concise and logical, being good
reasoners. They are also expert teachers.
Aquarius is the head and centre of the serving trinity,
so these people are always striving to serve their fellow
creatures, but they do not let people know they are serving
them by telling them about it. They are lovers of freedom
and liberty, whole-souled, aspirational and prophetic, and
are good healers. If in religious matters they love cere-
mony it is the ceremony of the mind, mystical and magical.
In this they differ from the preceding sign Capricorn, for
Aquarius people love outside ceremony. They are in the
condition of one living in the mind apart from the brain
limitation. Everything mental with them has to do with
the higher forces of thought.
The power of imagination is strong; in fact, this is one
of their principal features. They are clever at picture.
forming and make good artists and painters, actors, etc.
Their inventive power and imagination are of the highest
type. This power of concentrative thought and imagina-
tion makes them often quickly gifted with clairvoyance.
They have great power over persons who are mentally af-
flicted and are able to soothe them in a remarkable man-
ner. If one talks with an Aquarius person and draws
him out he will get hold of ideas quickly and more clearly
than with any other people.
How grand and beautiful the conditions of earth when we rise
to the heights of the sign Aquarius in its esoteric qualities. This is
the objective point and we are steadily climbing the hill where we
may stand as a whole in the perfected manhood and womanhood.
This is not a question of to-day but eternity.
470
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Religion of the Chaldeans.
It seems in keeping at this time to touch upon the re-
ligion of the Chaldeans, as we find that modern writers.
have very little conception of this race of people. This
will take us back in the history of our earth planet about
twenty-five thousand years.
The Chaldeans originated from the Shumires and Ak-
kads, and were a mixed race. The Shumires were part of
the fourth sub-race of the fourth root race; the Akkads
were of the sixth sub-race, and from a branch of the Ak-
kads originated the Atlanteans. The rulers of the country
at that time were the Aryan race. If you will study the old
Assyrian sculpture and pictures in the old style of colored
tiles you see something of their looks. They were strong
faced, bright eyed and dark skinned, though not univer-
sally so.
Their religion was what is termed star worship, not
what we term astrology to-day, as it differed in many im-
portant respects. It is, in reality a misleading name, as
they did not worship the stars themselves, but the spirit
which was back of the star. The planets were not con-
sidered to have influence themselves, except in the micro-
scopic influence of gravitation. The influence they recog-
nized most was not direct from the planets but was the in-
fluence working in conjunction with them. They con-
sidered the planets to represent certain centres in the physi-
cal body of the Logos. The Sun was used chiefly as the
representative of the Logos, but all the planets in this sys-
tem were in reality fragments of the Sun, and as con-
neoted with the Sun, were as a matter of fact associated
as well with the physical body of the great Logos. They
considered that these planets mark certain centres in that
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
471
body. Its physical plane motion indicated the movement
of the higher spheres of influence than was generally
known, and it was the movement of these spheres that pro-
duced what they termed planetary influence.
They reasoned in this manner: our own physical bodies
have centres, each of which deals chiefly with one class or
subdivision of matter etheric, and when any one centre is
called into activity, it points to the fact that the man is able
to respond to the particular vibration of that portion of
etheric matter. In all conditions of matter, whether astral,
etheric or otherwise, there are existing elementals of all
kinds; certain parts of surrounding elemental essence are
set in motion when any centre is called into activity, and
Man was then acted upon in two different ways, that is,
part of the elemental essence within him was set in mo-
tion and also the activity of the elemental essence outside
him was intensified and that reacted upon him; and by
the position of the planets one could tell where the plane-
tary influence was working at that particular time, and
if clairvoyant, the persons could see the influence them-
selves, and would not need the indication the physical plan-
ets gave; for the planets are like the hands of a clock point-
ing out what is happening in those other invisible worlds
without themselves being the causes of the influence. The
fact of any planet being in any particular position did not
make it necessary that any particular event should occur,
but made it more likely to occur.
We can gain knowledge by joining our experiences with those
of the past ages. We must all desire to live in the truth and find
knowledge in our various conditions of being. We are and have
been placed in our various positions to gain the necessary experi-
ence. Then let us gladly welcome it, not taking a pessimistic view of
life, but strive to make our environments higher and holier.
1
472
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Chaldeans. Believers in Astrology. "Astrology is Not
Taken Up as a Religion or Means of Worship,
but it was Considered so by the Chaldeans."
To continue our former subject relative to the Chaldean
race, their religion, etc., in considering their method of
reasoning, as a planet's particular position did not neces-
sitate that any particular event should occur, only the
conditions were made more favorable for it to occur: as
for instance, by the action of the planet Mars, cer-
tain parts of the elemental essence tending to pas-
sion are set in motion, so that it might be predicted
that a person under Mars rule, and who would there-
fore have tendencies of a passionate and sensual na-
ture, when that planet was in the Ascendant he would be
liable to commit some crime, caused by his passion and
sensuality being at that particular time active through the
Mars vibrations; not that it would be necessary for this
to happen to him, but that he would be placed in a condi-
tion where it would be more difficult than usual for him to
resist the evil tendencies. The Chaldeans did not con-
sider that such influences had an effect upon those occult-
ists who had grown to say, "I will not be moved by such
influences."
The Chaldeans considered three classes of entities as
associated with the spirit of the planet, when speaking of
the action of the spiritual influences of the planets. First,
an entity not far advanced in knowledge, which they
termed the spirit of earth; second, a special part of the
elemental essence which was called into activity by the
action of the particular planet, and which they termed the
spirit of the planet; third, a far higher kingdom called the
Deva Kingdom, which has its divisions corresponding to
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
473
those in the human, animal and vegetable kingdoms, the
influences of which were spoken of as the spirit of the
planet and resembled in a manner the modern idea of the
Christians' angel, and were thought to have great in-
fluence.
The worship of the Chaldeans to the planetary spirit was
not the same as the modern worship of God. It was
rather in the form of affection and veneration for these
star Devas. We can realize that what the Chaldeans had
in mind at that time was in a way exaggerated; still there
was much truth there. This idea of worship is not for
humanity to-day, but it was no doubt necessary for the
adepts at that time in their then phase of evolution. The
religion of the Chaldeans had a wonderful effect upon
their daily life, even in the minute actions of the people, as
all religions should have, though unfortunately for this
age, it is not considered of so much importance and few
live their religion one day in the week.
The Chaldeans were greatly affected by the teachings of
their priests and astrologers, and with many of these more
highly developed ones there were shown possibilities of be-
ing in very close touch with what they termed the hier-
archy of the Devas themselves. It must be kept in mind
that though humanity to-day are not taught to worship the
Devas of the stars, there are other lines of occultism be-
sides this particular form to which humanity in this age
may be introduced to their benefit.
Astrology is not taken up as a religion or means of wor-
ship, but it was considered so by the Chaldeans, and
among the priests various departments in relation with the
influences of the stars were studied. With some it was the
study of medicine and healing, so that they might offer
prescriptions suitable to the planetary conditions of their
474
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
patients. With another class, the study was agriculture.
The effect of planetary influence was noticed on different
classes of planets, so that the people might be advised of
the best time to sow or gather the harvest. Still another
class studied the atmosphere conditions, and those ap-
pointed to these positions by the government were made
responsible for failures, and dismissed from their posts if
their predictions did not prove correct. Still others made
a study of the breeding of animals, and thus were various
lines taken care of by those adapted to each particular
branch of study. They were taught to rise above these
predicted experiences and never shirk their duty.
The opening which man now finds for himself is the best way for
him. Do not make the mistake of wanting all people to be saved in
our way, in our own particular line. This cannot be, and because
another person's way differs from our own we should not look down
upon it. Rather let us consider it worthy of our respect and study.
This is why the consideration of these ancient forms of religion is
both useful and instructive.
Chaldeans: Their Religion and Astrological Knowledge.
Modes of Worship.
We have now reached a point in the science where it
will form the foundation for future generations to profit
by and continue to build upon it for all time.
The people of ancient Chaldea were apportioned not as
born under one or another planet, but according to the
plane whose essence best corresponded with their char-
acter and personality. Thus the festivals which they kept
in honor of the planets differed even among members of
the same family. The people were also given instruction
as to the proper time to go separately or together to the
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
475
temples, and there concentrate their minds to good by
thought, thus constituting a condition somewhat similar
to the modern prayer. The time of this silent meditation
was at the hour in which their ruling planet had power.
Each star worshipper had his own time for worship, and
each person wore a robe of the color belonging to the star
spirit he worshipped. At the processions of the great Sun
temple they wore these robes, the colors being arranged
in the real order of the planets.
The worshippers of the Sun were in the temple itself.
Immediately outside were those of Vulcan; then Mercury,
Venus, Moon, Mars, etc., and from this you may know
they had the correct order of the planets. The idea was
that in apportioning the various colors to the different
planets, those ruled by the planet would come more di-
rectly under the vibration of this planet, by surrounding
themselves with the same color in order to better har-
monize with their own planet.
There was a set of temples arranged on a great plain,
which was intended as a representation of the Solar Sys-
tem, and though the planets were out of their proper pro-
portion, still they had a certain proportion as to size,
showing that they had obtained their knowledge more
through tradition than by personal investigation. They
also knew something of chemistry. For instance, a priest
of Jupiter would have in his hand a long staff, tipped by a
bituminous cone, with which he would make a phosphores-
cent mark upon the floor of the symbol of Jupiter, that is,
the half circle on top connected with the cross beneath.
The chief temple of the capital city was built in the
form of a cross with equal arms forming two naves laid
across one another, so to speak. There was a dome oyer
the centre, and between the arms were other chambers
476
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
rounded like the petals of a flower, so that if one was
taking a bird's eye view of the temple it would resemble
a four armed cross set upon a flower, and in the midst of
the temple great naves opened away on four sides. The
temple was most carefully ornamented.
The great en-
trance was at the south side which was always left va-
cant. At the North end was a great altar, and there were
also altars to the Sun and Moon at the east and west
sides. There were no images on any of the altars, but be-
hind the great altar was an enormous concave mirror
about twenty feet in diameter. Owing to the changes in
temperature, there was some difficulty in getting it into
the exact reflecting position. Like all concave mirrors, it
would throw in front of itself as though hanging in mid-
air any image reflected upon it.
In the roof of the great aisle running north and south
there was a narrow slit so that any star or sign of the
Zodiac passing the slit would be imaged in front of the
mirror. When any planet thus passed the meridian the
daily service of that planet was held, and there was also
a great festival held in its honor on the occasion of its
entering the Zodiacal sign which was considered as espe-
cially its own. This constituted a great part of the re-
ligious services. The people placed themselves in the
light of the reflected planet, and bathed themselves in its
influence. The sick were also laid within its rays, while
the priest prayed to the planetary spirit to cure them, the
cure often taking place.
Generally speaking the religion of Chaldea is most interesting to
investigate. There was really more in it than there is in most reli-
gions at the present day. Indeed, to its devotees it was intensely
real. The people did not act or think so much of themselves, but
according to the planetary conditions that ruled them. It was no
doubt better fitted for an earlier period of evolution.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
477
Chaldean Religious Ceremonies. Festival of the Sun.
To continue our subject relative to Chaldea, as we wish
to bring out a few more very interesting facts, regarding
their customs in star worship.
We have spoken heretofore of the festival of the Sun.
The great performance at this Sun festival was the light-
ing of the sacred fire by the Sun itself. Above the eastern
altar was an opening, through which on a particular day
of the year, when the Sun passed into the Zodiacal sign
Aries, its rays shining on the lamp in front of the western
altar set it alight by means of a globe filled with water
which acted as a lens. It was called the moon-fire, and
was kept burning for the lunar year and was allowed to go
out and then lit again in the same manner.
In the dome which was movable were luminous symbols
to represent the various planets; the dome moving with
the motion of the stars. This custom had been handed
down for ages, and was mainly for the purpose of showing
the planets' places in the signs. Those symbols were kept
in motion by machinery constructed for that purpose.
Under a certain part of the temple a room was reserved
for the priest for prayer and meditation. Blocks of a kind
of semi-transparent crystal were let into the roof of this
room, and these afforded the only means of light, and
when the Sun's rays fell upon these openings the priest
sat in the reflected light, allowing its rays to fall upon
different parts of his body, in harmony with the sign ruling
at that time, or upon that part of the body in which he was
endeavoring to direct the forces in active vibration, as for
478
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
instance, in assisting the sick. He would try to create an
active power upon that part of the body afflicted.
As we made mention in our former meeting, different:
colors were associated with different planets. The dress.
worn by the subjects of the Sun was a beautiful silken
robe, interwoven with gold threads, making of it a cloth
of gold, but cloth of gold of modern times is of a thick un-
bending texture, while this material was so flexible that it:
could be folded similar to the most soft cloths.
The garments of the subjects of the Moon were white-
in the ground, interwoven with threads of silver, but in
certain lights, beautiful green shades could be seen similar
to what is termed shat material. Those subjects under
Vulcan wore robes flame colored, striking and gorgeous.
Mercury's subjects' robes were brilliant orange with royal
purple. Venus' had a beautiful soft sky blue shat with
lemon colors. The effect was iridescent as the wearer
moved. The robes of the subjects of Mars were bril-
liant scarlet, with a soft crimson shade underlying it.
Jupiter's subjects' robes were of a blue violet hue colored
with silvery specks. These were in symbolism of the satel-
lites of Jupiter, as the band worn about the waist was also
made up of the violet and silver, divided half in one color,
violet, the other, lower, half in the silver. The robes of
the subjects of Saturn were green with a light shade of
gray interwoven. Urania, were of a magnificent shade
of deep blue; Neptune, were the least noticeable, being of
a dark indigo color. In fact they hardly realized any
special influence coming from this far away planet, and
knew nothing of it only as the knowledge had been handed
down from generation to generation.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
479
On some of the great festivals they arranged them-
selves, in concentric circles and marched round the temple
carrying their banners, showing by the order of their
march the motions of the planets.
We can learn much of value in our investigation of this most
interesting race of people. You can imagine, as they moved in their
march, robed in all these varied colors, how very striking and
gorgeous the sight must have been, and when we come to consider
the motive which prompted them, to thus harmonize with the real
influences that were felt by them.
CHAPTER XXI.
Personality and Individuality-"The First Step to
Knowledge is Purification."
We find all real knowledge is based on experience.
Man seeks truth, and desires to experience truth for him-
self to grasp, to realize and feel it within himself, not
others' opinions but realization. Many great teachers
have sought to instruct the world to help forward the
evolution of humanity, and have voiced for the world that
which they themselves had experienced in their own minor
consciousness and therefore had realized. Those in the
mortal who, to-day, are seeking to probe the intricate
problems of life must have the faculty of faith developed
in a measure at least to accept the statements made by
others, or must get first hand experience for themselves.
Now, every science has its own methods of investiga-
tion, whether it be chemistry, geology, astronomy or
astrology, and if one desires to become an astrologer he
must follow certain rules and methods. First, the plane-
tary positions and the principles with which the planets
correspond, and their bearing upon the individual must be
carefully studied. Men of pure hearts and lives have
sought to give out knowledge with the one desire to aid
humanity. All our great teachers have declared there is
one universal principle underlying all forms of science,
creeds, doctrines and dogmas.
The sceptics cry out for proof, and when you call
their attention to the science of self knowledge to which
480
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
481
the life must be consecrated if they would have that first
hand consciousness born of experience, they mock and
ridicule. This is only because these men of culture,
education and intellect are busily engaged in noticing
facts from without, by the objective brain through the
senses, a task comparatively easy, because the instruments
needed for such work are ready at hand.
The telescope enables mankind to observe facts in
nature, obscure to the unaided physical sight, but in the
subjective or internal world we have but one instrument
and that is the mind itself. The power of mind, when
properly guided and directed, will analyze mind, and see
that which is back of it, but thought must be strong,
steady and determined ere it can be accomplished, and
most of us to-day scatter our thoughts rather than con-
centrate or focus them. If one wishes to see with the
telescope, he must focus it, and if one wishes to see with
the mind, the same method must be used; but as we look
about us intelligently upon the majority, we find they
seek to escape from the mind rather than to use it, or
escape from thought rather than to think.
In the public schools of this day, education, so called,
is gained at the cost of concentration, and it seems that in
this age this quality of concentration is lacking. From
the youth upwards the training has been chiefly in exter-
nals, so that the faculty for observing the subjective or
internal side of things is almost atrophied.
Christ taught, "Seek ye first the Kingdom of Heaven,
and all these things shall be added unto you," meaning
from this that within ourselves, if we did only seek, forces
and powers would open up and the key of knowledge be
discovered.
There is a science taught by all masters and teachers,
but their pupils are few. In this science is the key of
all sciences, but it demands more than intellect or intel-
482
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
lectual conception. It is in truth the harmonizing power
or the Yoga, the science of the soul, that soul so mighty
that the soul is but its instrument, its telescope of obser-
vation on this plane.
Each must use his own telescope, for though he may
gain method and direction and aid, still each man is and
must be unto himself the way, the truth, the life. The
first step is and must be purification. The lens of the
telescope must be clear to reflect truly.
Science proceeds on the belief that our intellects will never be
put to permanent confusion, as they would be if they were in the
presence of a fact which is inexplicable in itself and not simply so
in relation to our limited knowledge. Relying on this, the doctrine
of special creation has been banished from the world, and a flood
of light has been thrown on the methods of the divine artificer.
The Crucial Test of the Higher Mind.
We learn from our last statement that the mind must
be clean and purified in order to reflect truly, that is, the
mind must first withdraw itself from the senses, and thus
become less sensitive to contact from the external side
of life. As long as the tumult of the senses and desire-
nature throw the mind into tumultuous waves, the mind,
thus disturbed and scattered, cannot reflect its divine
nature and cannot distinguish between its desire-nature
and the divinity of its soul consciousness. Suppose that to
some extent this withdrawal from the external, outgoing
energies has been practiced by the mind.
The mind has learned to discriminate between its pleas-
ures and the delights of the animal nature; yet at this
point the greatest battle has often been fought, for this
mind having risen into its kingdom and forced quies-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
483
cence to the animal nature, now seeks to use that energy
for its own personal gratification; that is, the desires,
though of the intellect and so necessarily higher, are still
selfish. The mind, though it has abstracted its force
from the passions and gained knowledge, is still selfish,
desiring for itself fame, glory, ambition and power. These
are the objects now of attraction in its mental world,
holding out their thin, attractive power to delay and hin-
der the soul.
The mind desires not to blend with the soul, but
seeks to dominate it. The servant or instrument seeks
to become master, all forgetful of its divine self that
sent it forth to gather experience for its own individual
benefit; and this mind, now grown so mighty, feels its
strength and its power, temptations so subtle that they
mask themselves as virtues, and seek to delude the soul
on this plane of the mind, and the curse of separateness is
stronger than upon our other mind. Mine and thine, my
fame, me and mine, not thee and thine; and this is the
point of danger for all, the great turning point which
reaches each individually.
Love and devotion alone can help at this dark stage
of the Pilgrim's Progress, and if the chains of another
soul and its influence can, by the raising power of devo-
tion, soften the hard and cold nature, then there will
arise an intense desire for something that it dimly feels
yet does not understand, adoring and worshipping some-
thing it senses as far beyond the intellect as that intel-
lect is beyond the animal. Then these mental things
begin to lose their attractive power, and there comes reali-
zation that these pleasures of the mind are no more satis-
fying than the pleasures of the senses. It now reaches
out for something permanent. Becoming real, it seeks
reality. That one moment of desire and aspiration causes
a quickening of the life, not now of sense or mind, but of
N
484
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
soul, and this germinating seed grows till the soul could.
no more return to sense and lower mental desires than a.
man can return to his childhood's toys.
All is dark about him. He metaphorically sits down
and cries out, "All my gods are taken from me and now
what is left?" And then, amidst the strife, the voice of
the soul speaks to him through the silence, not in words.
but in consciousness, softly, tenderly, "My son, awaken
to the higher life. Give me allegiance. Listen for my
commands. Meditate and in silence, thou shalt hear me
speak."
And then he realizes that mighty as knowledge has
been, the wisdom of the soul has passed him by, and he
begins to inspect himself in this new light, for he realizes
now the glory of moral and spiritual things. He has
found the way and he knows that the truth and the life
will be revealed. Verily, he lived seeking to rid him-
self of self, that more of the divine might be realized;
for the pleasures of mind or sense are not compared with
the bliss of soul consciousness. This is joy, peace and
life.
We know that as we grow wiser and better the race is improved,
for the growth of each unit is virtually a gain for the race. Notice
that the desire for fame and self has been transmuted into love for
humanity and service to others. The harmonizing power is at work.
and we each one become a pupil in the science of the soul, a proba-
tioner in the school of love.
Personality can be seen and known: Individuality, only
by the eye of the Soul. Astrological Symbols are per-
fect ideaographs.
We desire to dwell upon some important thoughts rela-
tive to the personality and individuality.
We find that the symbols used in the science of astrol-
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
485
ogy are perfect ideaographs to the astrologer when en-
gaged in the judgment of a natal chart, and therefore, as
he possesses an accurate knowledge of them, so is it
easy for him to successfully cast this natal chart and
interpret this most wonderful symbology. It is due to
this fact that the inner truths of this science have been so
carefully preserved, but we feel that they will now be
revealed to humanity as various ones take up the study
with a proper spirit.
We find that the Moon is the symbol or rather the repre-
sentative of the personality, its waxing and waning being
similarly expressed in the changes that take place daily
in the personal life, while the Sun, in contradistinction,
stands as a representative of the individuality, or the
real man, the immortal that exists external.
To those who are interested in the esoteric side of this
science, it is important that a correct knowledge of all
that is involved in the terms individuality and personality
be fully understood. We may compare the relation of one
to the other by a tree whose leaves, when the sap or
vital principle is withdrawn from them, fade and fall to
earth. They are gone, as we would say, and will they
return? We know that cannot be, but we know that the
tree will in season reclothe itself with other leaves, and
once more feed and inform them with the sap stored
within the vital principle that comes from the one life, the
spirit that animates all nature.
Thus we may, in a way, liken the personality to the
leaves of a tree. Thus our personality becomes the garb
of our individuality. In the various expressions through
which each individual manifests, certain physical traits
in a measure, due to so-called heredity, indicated by the
Rising Sign, are recognized, but these become modified
and gradually disappear altogether as the character de-
velops and finds expression.
486
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
Now, the many persons, especially the materialist,
mistake the personality with its desires, passions, etc.,
for the real man. when in truth, it is only the outer
expression, just as the clothes of the actor are appro-
priate to the part he plays.
The personality can be seen and known, but the individ-
uality can only be perceived by the eye of the soul. Thus
it is only natural that mankind are often deluded by
appearances, and consequently often make the personality
the sole object of life, working alone for personal inter-
ests, worldly success, comfort and enjoyment as they
feel naturally that when the body dies, all is over.
This is the material view and even many of our relig-
ionists, who piously declare that the spirit returns to the
God who gave it, do not realize that this is conscious-
ness, though they may intellectually assent to it. Few
really grasp the true relation between the higher and the
lower self, the physical self or sheath of spirit, and soul
being the instrument which the higher uses for gathering
experience in the various expressions of life.
On retiring from this earth sphere of action, the per-
sonality hands on to the real man the experience gained
by its contact with matter, or the total results of the past
expression. In this manner, faculty after faculty is
evolved, virtue after virtue unfolded, power after power
is gained by the soul. For a long time its progress is
necessarily slow because it is young and dare not yet
realize the purpose of manifestation and evolution. It
is not ready or willing to obey and co-operate with the
law, and thus little experience worth handing up is se-
cured.
Though the personality lives for itself alone, lost in the gratifi-
cation of the senses, forgetful of its lord and the purpose for which
it was incarnated, we know the soul is immortal, and its future is
the future of a thing whose growth and splendor have no limita-
tion. It is a growing entity, feeding on the earthly experience
gathered through its vehicle of expression.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
487
How the true purpose of evolution is fulfilled. The soul's
descent into matter. Why man must lose his life in
order to save it.
We have found that the immortal soul is dependent on
its instrument, the personality, to gather its experience,
the same as the physical body is dependent on its hands
to feed and work for it, or its feet to carry it along.
Then the Moon must fall ere the Sun can rise, and it is
only as the lunar form holds itself as servant for the
solar influence to permeate, mould and use, realizing that
the personality is but a channel for the divine life, allow-
ing that life to mould and influence the form, trying to
shape itself to the divine will, that real wisdom may
be secured and the true purpose of evolution fulfilled.
Many argue that when the form perishes the life is blot-
ted out, and leaves no trace, even the nobler nature per-
ishing with the physical brain, but these are not astrolo-
gers nor occultists, and therefore ignore the immortal and
individualized spirit, in fact, know naught of it.
Some may ask the question, how that pure spirit, form-
less, undifferentiated, can become an individual spirit.
We have learned it can become individualized only by
its descent into matter, by conjunction with human con-
sciousness, which without its presence would be scarcely
raised a degree above the most evolved animals. The
pessimist who believes in only one life, finds life not
worth living. The social reformer and political individ-
ual says that the end and aim of life is personal happi-
ness, the greatest happiness to the greatest number, but
in the face of the want, pain and misery prevalent in the
world, they can scarcely feel that they have hit on a solu-
tion of the problem.
Then what answer can the science of astrology, one of
the seven keys to wisdom, give to this query? If the
488
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
question be studied from the occult standpoint, as it was
in past ages, when the science of the stars was a world's
religion, it proclaims each expression of life as only a
phase in the evolution of the individual by means of the
struggle with matter and specific experience gained
through a material personality. It does not teach that
life or happiness is an end in itself, although right living
in any expression produces that harmony and peace which
alone can be termed happiness.
When the higher stages of consciousness are attained,
the highest joy is experienced by living and serving the
higher self and maintaining a constant struggle against
the temptations of the lower nature, until finally the
complete conquest is gained. This means naturally a life
of conscious work, effort and struggle, the rescue of the
mind from the senses; for if the horses of the senses, so
to speak, run away with the driver, or the mind, they are
likely to drag him down.
So many people suffer seemingly under the lash of the
senses, that we are prone to feel sad on account of those
who cannot be convinced of any necessity for a nobler life,
yet there is no occasion for regret when we realize the
truth that if one expression is wasted it must be paid for
in the next. Man can only delay, but not prevent, his
evolution, for man's eventual perfection is the will of the
logos, the God of our solar system. Still the Christ
in each crucified upon the cross of matter, must neces-
sarily be the "Man of Sorrows" and acquainted with
grief, for the cross is but the burden of the flesh, with its
lower passions and carnal appetites.
What was meant by that occult saying of Christ that man must
lose his life ere he can find it? The life of the animal must be
yielded to the life of the intellect, finally the life of the mind sur-
rendered to the soul. Animal man, human and lastly divine man,
these constitute some of the stages each must pass through during
the soul's pilgrimage.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES, ETC.
489
"As we sow we must inevitably reap. Suicide is robbing
the soul of experience.
We must endeavor to become unselfish and imper-
sonal; then we shall not be bound nor limited, that is,
neither bound by Mars nor limited by Saturn through
sensation, nor by concrete mental conceptions.
A true realization of personality and individuality
would be the understanding that the lower is the servant,
not the master, the agent, not the actor. This does not
mean that the physical body is to be neglected, that fasting
or asceticism is to be practiced, or in fact, any part of
the nature killed. Every force we have is ours by divine
right and it is ours to use it legitimately, controlling and
transmitting, not destroying.,
Asceticism as well as profligacy is to be avoided, and
the middle path is the path of safety. The physical body
is the instrument for work on the physical plane. How
does a good workman treat his tools? He keeps them
clean and protected; otherwise they would be useless for
service, and just so must the body be kept in good condi-
tion, pure, clean and healthy, if the work for which it is
intended is accomplished.
Now, we find by investigating that the personality is
much more than the physical form. It embodies passions,
affections, desires, intellect and social proclivities. It is
in truth concerned with the sphere of human duties
around us. Every one, each in his own respective place,
has to work out his own salvation by means of this very
personality, for the human has eventually to become the
divine, that is, God manifest in the flesh; and just in
proportion as we seize and utilize the present opportu-
nities will greater opportunities be presented to our view;
for we must keep in mind that we are the makers of our
own destinies, the awarders of our own joys or woes,
$
490
SCIENCE AND KEY OF LIFE.
for as we sow we must inevitably reap. It is the infinite
law, the law of the universe. Our position then to-day
is simply the result of causes set in motion by ourselves,
and while reaping the harvest of past sowing, we are at
the same time sowing fresh seed for a future harvest.
Some of this seed will no doubt manifest itself in this
expression, or may be postponed until some future expres-
sion, as the human soul evolves to a condition where it
needs the experience. If we tried to realize these facts
of life and destiny, we should be less discontented with
our position and condition in this existence universal.
For instance, suppose we should endeavor to override
the law and remove ourselves and others from the posi-
tion and circumstances we deplore, we should be robbing
the soul of its experience, in fact, only delaying evolu-
tion. It has been said truly, Thou camest not to thy
place by accident. It is the very place alone for thee. We
can all help forward the wave of evolution if we will, no
matter whether our position be lofty or lowly, great or
humble. True, those who hold a position of greater influ-
ence can work for others on a larger scale than those who
hold a lesser part.
We are inclined to measure things from an external and oftimes
an erroneous standpoint, for in the physical expression mankind is
apt to think of work as being chiefly only external, seen and recog-
nized, but in real truth the reverse is more often the case.
(END OF VOLUME II.)
}
UNIV. OF MION.
APR 12 1909
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
3 9015 01142 7294
་ ་མ
---
་
འས